You are on page 1of 369

GSM

BSS B11 Multilayer and


Multiband GSM Network Radio
Optimization
TMO18098 D0 SG DEN I1.0 Issue 1

STUDENT GUIDE

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not
permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 1
Empty page

Switch to notes view!

2 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 2
Terms of Use and Legal Notices

1. Safety Warning
Switch to notes view!
Both lethal and dangerous voltages may be present within the products used herein. The user is strongly advised not to wear
conductive jewelry while working on the products. Always observe all safety precautions and do not work on the equipment alone.
The equipment used during this course may be electrostatic sensitive. Please observe correct anti-static precautions.

2. Trade Marks
Alcatel-Lucent and MainStreet are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent.
All other trademarks, service marks and logos (“Marks”) are the property of their respective holders, including Alcatel-Lucent. Users
are not permitted to use these Marks without the prior consent of Alcatel-Lucent or such third party owning the Mark. The absence of
a Mark identifier is not a representation that a particular product or service name is not a Mark.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented herein, which may be subject to change
without notice.

3. Copyright
This document contains information that is proprietary to Alcatel-Lucent and may be used for training purposes only. No other use or
transmission of all or any part of this document is permitted without Alcatel-Lucent’s written permission, and must include all
copyright and other proprietary notices. No other use or transmission of all or any part of its contents may be used, copied, disclosed
or conveyed to any party in any manner whatsoever without prior written permission from Alcatel-Lucent.
Use or transmission of all or any part of this document in violation of any applicable legislation is hereby expressly prohibited.
User obtains no rights in the information or in any product, process, technology or trademark which it includes or describes, and is
expressly prohibited from modifying the information or creating derivative works without the express written consent of Alcatel-
Lucent.

3 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


All rights
GSM reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

4. Disclaimer
In no event will Alcatel-Lucent be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including lost profits,
lost business or lost data, resulting from the use of or reliance upon the information, whether or not Alcatel-Lucent has been advised
of the possibility of such damages.
Mention of non-Alcatel-Lucent products or services is for information purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement, nor a
recommendation.
This course is intended to train the student about the overall look, feel, and use of Alcatel-Lucent products. The information
contained herein is representational only. In the interest of file size, simplicity, and compatibility and, in some cases, due to
contractual limitations, certain compromises have been made and therefore some features are not entirely accurate.
Please refer to technical practices supplied by Alcatel-Lucent for current information concerning Alcatel-Lucent equipment and its
operation, or contact your nearest Alcatel-Lucent representative for more information.
The Alcatel-Lucent products described or used herein are presented for demonstration and training purposes only. Alcatel-Lucent
disclaims any warranties in connection with the products as used and described in the courses or the related documentation,
whether express, implied, or statutory. Alcatel-Lucent specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including warranties of
merchantability, non-infringement and fitness for a particular purpose, or arising from a course of dealing, usage or trade practice.
Alcatel-Lucent is not responsible for any failures caused by: server errors, misdirected or redirected transmissions, failed internet
connections, interruptions, any computer virus or any other technical defect, whether human or technical in nature

5. Governing Law
The products, documentation and information contained herein, as well as these Terms of Use and Legal Notices are governed by the
laws of France, excluding its conflict of law rules. If any provision of these Terms of Use and Legal Notices, or the application
thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid for any reason, unenforceable including, but not limited to, the warranty
disclaimers and liability limitations, then such provision shall be deemed superseded by a valid, enforceable provision that matches,
as closely as possible, the original provision, and the other provisions of these Terms of Use and Legal Notices shall remain in full
force and effect.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 3
Blank Page

Switch to notes view!

4 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 4
Course Outline

1.About
Multiband-Multilayer
This Course Optimization 4. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
Course outline Multilayer Network Architecture 3JK11166AAAAWBZZA
1. Multiband
Technical support
2. Algorithms and Associated Parameters 5.3JK11167AAAAWBZZA
Topic/Section is Positioned Here
Course objectives
3. Creating a Multi-Layer Network 3JK11168AAAAWBZZA
4. Creating aisMulti-Band
1. Topic/Section PositionedNetwork
Here 6. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
3JK11169AAAAWBZZA
Xxx5. Case Studies 3JK11170AAAAWBZZA
Xxx 7. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
6. Appendix 3JK11171AAAAWBZZA
Xxx

2. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

3. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

5 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 5
Course Outline [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

6 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 6
Course Objectives

Switch to notes view!

Welcome to BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Upon completion of this course, you should be able to:

 During the course, the trainee will be able to describe the specific radio algorithms in
multiband/multilayer networks in order to enhance the offered QoS.
 By the end of the course, the participant will be able to:
 - Describe the concepts and strategy of multiband and hierarchical networks.
 - Describe the specific type of cells implemented in multiband and hierarchical networks.
 - Describe the specific radio algorithms used in the Alcatel BSS in a multiband and hierarchical
network.
 - Propose default parameter values for the cells of a multiband and hierarchical network using these
algorithms.
 - Propose a list of specific indicators to monitor QoS and traffic in a multiband and hierarchical
network.
7 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
GSM
 Note: Radio Network Planning issues like micro site detection, site planning, frequency planning is
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

not included.

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 7
Course Objectives [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

8 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 8
About this Student Guide

Conventions used view!


 Switch to notes in this guide

Note
Provides you with additional information about the topic being discussed. Although
this information is not required knowledge, you might find it useful or interesting.

Technical Reference
(1) 24.348.98 – Points you to the exact section of Alcatel-Lucent Technical Practices
where you can find more information on the topic being discussed.

Warning
Alerts you to instances where non-compliance could result in equipment damage or
personal injury.

9 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


GSM

Where you can get further information


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

If you want further information you can refer to the following:


 Technical Practices for the specific product
 Technical support page on the Alcatel website: http://www.alcatel-lucent.com

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 9
About this Student Guide [cont.]

 Switch to notes view!

10 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 10
Self-assessment of Objectives
Contract number :
 At the end of each section you will be asked to fill this questionnaire
Course title :
 Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training
Client (Company, Center) :
Language Switch
: to notes view! Dates from : to :
Number of trainees : Location :
Surname, First name :

Did you meet the following objectives ?


Tick the corresponding box
Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training

Yes (or No (or


Instructional objectives globally globally Comments
yes) no)

1 To be able to XXX

2
11 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 11
Self-assessment of Objectives [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

Yes (or No (or


Instructional objectives Globally globally Comments
yes) no)

12 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Other comments

Thank you for your answers to this questionnaire


All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 12
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Module 1
Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture
3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 1
Blank Page
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 2

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 2
Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 3

 Define relevant architectures for


 multi-layer networks design
 multi-band networks design

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 3
Objectives [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 4

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 4
Table of Contents
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 5

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 Concepts and Strategies 7
2 Cellular Network Architecture 11
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture 17
4 Requirements 20

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 6

Switch to notes view!

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 6
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 7

1 Concepts and Strategies

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 7
1 Concepts and Strategies
Introduction to Multilayer Networks
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 8

 Multi-band/Multi-layer network is a powerful solution for:

 Network capacity enhancement


 extra capacity provided by new cells / new TRXs
 specific radio algorithms send MSs to these new cells

 Coverage increase
 when introducing microcells (better indoor penetration, even for outdoor
microcells)

 While keeping a good QoS


 Confined coverage for microcells  easier frequency planning
 New frequency band  independent frequency planning
 Less congestion

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Since B7:
 new HW capabilities with “Cell split” support
 enhancement of QoS monitoring capabilities with counters split per TRX

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 8
1 Concepts and Strategies
History of Features
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 9

 Alcatel is providing multi-layer solutions:


 Since R3.1: mini & microcells
 Improvements in B3.1 (smart speed discrimination)
 Improvements in B6.2 (external Directed Retry)
 Improvements in B7 (indoor layer introduction)

 Alcatel is providing multi-band solutions:


 Since B5.1: multi-band BSC
 From B6.2: multi-band cells
 Improvements in B7

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

B5 : in one BSC, cells with different frequency bands


B6 : within one BTS : different bands, and within one cell : different bands also !
B7 improvements:
 new HW capabilities with “Cell split” support
 enhancement of QoS monitoring capabilities with counters split per TRX

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 9
1 Concepts and Strategies
Network Strategy (Multi-Layer)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 10

 Multi-layer networks can be introduced as continuous layer or hotspots,


for:
 Capacity increase
 Coverage increase
 Indoor solution

 All types of mobiles can use both layers

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 10
1 Concepts and Strategies
Network Strategy (Multi-Band)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 11

 Early adopters of multi-band technology had to deal with a low


proportion of multi-band MSs
 Network parameters were set to send systematically all multi-band MSs
towards new band TRXs
 A new band is called the “Preferred band”

 Since year 2000, quite all new MSs include the multi-band feature
 Q4 2002: the multi-band MS penetration rate is 80%
 Parameters settings have to be changed to avoid new band congestion!
 Operators introducing newly the multi-band technology use this new set of
parameters

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Default values of parameters have aggressive values : because penetration rate was low, pushing 1800 MS towards
1800 band was a priority.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 11
1 Concepts and Strategies
Mono and multi-layers solutions
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 12

 The new band introduction can be done


 In a mono-layer network
 In the same layer
 In a new layer
 In a Multi-layer network
 In the upper layer
 In the lower layer
 As part of an existing cell design: multi-band cells

 Depending on the architecture chosen:


 Different parameters settings
 Different ways of QoS and traffic monitoring
 Each architecture has drawbacks and advantages

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 12
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 13

2 Cellular Network Architecture

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 13
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Cell Environment
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 14

 Conventional:
 Single cell
 Concentric cell
 Extended cell
 Multiband cell

 Hierarchical: introducing "Upper" and "Lower" cell layers


 Indoor cell
 Micro cell
 Mini cell
 Umbrella cell

 Multi-band: introducing cells with different bands


 Classical and Preferred frequency bands
 Multiband cells

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Preferred band is usually DCS1800, and classical band is GSM900

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 14
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Cell Profile
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 15

 One unique combination of the five parameters


 CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE: macro, micro
 CELL _LAYER_ TYPE : single, upper, lower, indoor
 CELL _PARTITION_ TYPE : normal, concentric
 CELL _RANGE: normal, extended inner, extended outer
 CELL_BAND_TYPE :GSM; DCS (depends on BCCH frequency band)
 FREQUENCY_RANGE : PGSM; DCS1800; EGSM; DCS1900; PGSM-DCS1800;
EGSM-DCS1800 and GSM850

 A multi-band cell is defined by:


 FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800”
 CELL _PARTITION_ TYPE = Concentric

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Extended cell : different than the concentric cells ! Made up of two different cells, with 2 BCCH : the inner cell
can cover MS up to 35km, and the outer cell can cover MS between 35km and 70km.

Difference between PGSM and EGSM :


PGSM : primary GSM : 890–915 Mhz 935–960 Mhz
EGSM : extended GSM : 880–915 MHz 925–960 Mhz

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 15
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 16

 Link the logical cell types (as defined in the OMC-R) with
the cell profile parameters.

Cell Dimension
Cell Type Cell Layer Type
Type
Umbrella

Mini

Micro

Indoor

5 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

A cell's profile parameters define the behaviour of handovers from and toward this cell : certain handovers are
available only for "UPPER" cells or "MICRO" cells.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 16
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Mono-Band Cell Profiles
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 17

Parameters Cell dimension Cell layer Cell partition Cell Cell band
Frequency range
Cell Profile type type type range type

GSM single cell Macro Single Normal Normal GSM PGSM or EGSM

DCS single cell Macro Single Normal Normal DCS DCS1800 or DCS1900

GSM micro cell Micro Lower Normal Normal GSM PGSM or EGSM

DCS micro cell Micro Lower Normal Normal DCS DCS1800 or DCS1900

GSM mini cell Macro Lower Normal Normal GSM PGSM or EGSM

DCS mini cell Macro Lower Normal Normal DCS DCS1800 or DCS1900

GSM umbrella cell Macro Upper Normal Normal GSM PGSM or EGSM

DCS umbrella cell Macro Upper Normal Normal DCS DCS1800 or DCS1900

GSM extended inner cell Macro Single Normal Extended-inner GSM PGSM or EGSM

DCS extended inner cell Macro Single Normal Extended-inner DCS DCS1800 or DCS1900

GSM extended outer cell Macro Single Normal Extended-outer GSM PGSM or EGSM

DCS extended outer cell Macro Single Normal Extended-outer DCS DCS1800 or DCS1900

GSM concentric cell Macro Single Concentric Normal GSM PGSM or EGSM

DCS concentric cell Macro Single Concentric Normal DCS DCS1800 or DCS1900

GSM concentric umbrella Macro Upper Concentric Normal GSM PGSM or EGSM

DCS concentric umbrella Macro Upper Concentric Normal DCS DCS1800 or DCS1900

GSM indoor micro cell Micro Indoor Normal Normal GSM PGSM or EGSM

DCS indoor micro cell Micro Indoor Normal Normal DCS DCS1800 or DCS1900

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 17
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Multi-Band Cell Profiles
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 18

Parameters
Cell dimension type Cell layer type Cell partition type Cell range Cell band type Frequency range
Cell Profile

PGSM-DCS1800 or
GSM multiband single cell Macro Single Concentric Normal GSM
EGSM-DCS1800

PGSM-DCS1800 or
DCS multiband single cell Macro Single Concentric Normal DCS
EGSM-DCS1800

PGSM-DCS1800 or
GSM multiband micro cell Micro Lower Concentric Normal GSM
EGSM-DCS1800

PGSM-DCS1800 or
DCS multiband micro cell Micro Lower Concentric Normal DCS
EGSM-DCS1800

PGSM-DCS1800 or
GSM multiband mini cell Macro Lower Concentric Normal GSM
EGSM-DCS1800

PGSM-DCS1800 or
DCS multiband mini cell Macro Lower Concentric Normal DCS
EGSM-DCS1800

PGSM-DCS1800 or
GSM multiband umbrella cell Macro Upper Concentric Normal GSM
EGSM-DCS1800

PGSM-DCS1800 or
DCS multiband umbrella cell Macro Upper Concentric Normal DCS
EGSM-DCS1800

PGSM-DCS1800 or
GSM multiband indoor micro cell Micro Indoor Concentric Normal GSM
EGSM-DCS1800

PGSM-DCS1800 or
DCS multiband indoor micro cell Micro Indoor Concentric Normal DCS
EGSM-DCS1800

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 18
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Cell Profiles: Example
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 19

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Exercise : find out what is the profile of each cell ?

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 19
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 20

3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 20
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Concept
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 21

 Multi-layer concept: 3 available layer types

UPPER
umbrella umbrella umbrella single
SINGLE

mini mini
micro micro micro micro LOWER

indoor indoor INDOOR

 All these cells can be or not operating in the same band and defined as
concentric cells

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

3 layers are defined in the system, but more "virtual" layers can be created by parameter tuning.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 21
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Microcell Classes
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 22

 Microcells configuration will depend on their position in the lower layer


 Microcell “classes” are introduced to deal with typical parameters settings
in each of these cases

Border Microcell

Inner Microcell
Hotspot Microcell Indoor Microcell
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Defining microcell classes is a very efficient way to set network parameters. It avoids defining a specific
configuration for each cell.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 22
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Mono-layer architecture
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 23

 In a mono-layer network, a new band may be introduced:

 In the same layer 900 900 1800 1800


 Macro 900 (single)
 Macro 1800 (single)
 900-1800 interworking managed by priority set by the operator

900 900

 In a separate layer mini1800 mini1800


 Macro 900 (umbrella)
 Macro 1800 = mini
 900-1800 interworking driven by a dual layer architecture (easier to
introduce but less flexible)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All examples in this document will be using 900 as an “historical” band and 1800 as a “new” band (thus preferred
band).
All other network configurations are anyway possible.
The dual layer configuration is interesting in case the dual band implementation strategy is traffic driven due to a
low penetration rate of multi-band MSs.
A dual layer allows for example, for a multi-band MS located in a 900 cell, to discriminate its behavior between a
Forced Directed Retry and an emergency HO. 1800 neighboring cells can be favored for a FDR whereas 900
neighboring cells will be preferred on an emergency HO.
A dual layer also allows to decide the MS transfer from 900 to 1800 band on speed criterion instead of on traffic
criterion if needed (macro 1800 hot spot for instance).

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 23
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Multi-layer architecture (1/3)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 24

 In a multi-layer network, a new band may be introduced:

 In the upper layer


900 900 1800 1800
 Macro 900 (umbrella)
 Macro 1800 (umbrella)
 Micro 900 µ900 µ900

 In the lower layer 900 900


 Macro 900 (umbrella)
 Macro 1800 = mini
mini1800
 Micro 900

µ900 µ900

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

In the first configuration, the major difficulty is to manage 900-1800 interworking in the upper layer. But once it
is done, it is the simplest solution to manage.

In the second configuration, the operator has to deal with priority between the preferred cells: mini or micro? For
both selections in idle mode and capture from the upper layer. A lot of handovers might occur, and it requires
more engineering analysis ressources

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 24
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Multi-layer architecture (2/3)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 25

 Higher Priority to 1800 macrocell


 GSM 900 macrocell as a pool of traffic resources when the preferred cell is
congested

900
Traffic
based
1
2 handover

1800
3
Directed retry
Emergency Handover

1
900 Initial access
2
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Next chapters will explain all parameters for


Initial access
DR and emergency HO
Traffic based HO

With this solution, risk of unloading the micro900 too much.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 25
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Multi-layer architecture (3/3)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 26

 Higher Priority to 900 microcell


 GSM 900 & 1800 macrocell as a pool of traffic resources when the preferred
cell is congested

900
Traffic
based
2
1 handover

1800
3
Directed retry
Emergency Handover

2
900 Initial access
1
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

It is the best solution in case of 3 layers, the most logical.


Previous solution might unload the 900 micro too much.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 26
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Multi-band cell solution
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 27

 A functionality introduced in B6.2

 Also called “single BCCH”

 Based on the concentric cell feature


 New band is introduced in existing cells
 In the INNER zone (contains only TCH)
 The OUTER zone contains BCCH, SDCCH and TCH

1800 900 1800 900

µ900

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 27
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 28

4 Requirements

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 28
4 Requirements
Software & Hardware Requirements
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 29

 Multi-layer architecture
 Hardware : All generations
 Note : Any BTS can be declared with the cell type = MICRO
 Software : Since R3.1, with addition of
 External Directed Retry in B6.2 (µ cells and umbrella cells from different BSC
possible)
 INDOOR layer in B7

 Multi-band architecture
 Hardware :
 B5.1 : G2 BSC can manage TRXs from different bands
 B6.2 : 1 Evolium BTS supports TRXs from different bands within one cell
 B7 : 1 cell can be split over 2 BTS's (TRX 900 and TRX 1800 in different BTS's
possible)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 29
4 Requirements
HW solutions for multi-band cells since B7
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 30

 Improvements in B7 with “cell split”


 1 cell can be split over 2 BTS HW
 As soon as these BTSs share the same clock
 Master / Slave configuration needed
 G2 & G3 BTSs can be mixed

 Example of site configurations:


 G2 BTS 3x4 TRX 900 + 1 Evolium BTS 3x4 TRX 1800
 Result: 3 multi-band cells 4(900)+4(1800) TRX

 Evolium BTS 6+6 TRX 900 + Evolium BTS 6 TRX 900


+ Evolium BTS 3*4 TRX 1800
 Result: 3 multi-band cells 6(900)+4(1800) TRX

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Master / Slave configuration:


 in B6.2: max. 1 Master + 2 Slaves
 in B7: max. 1 Master + 3 Slaves

Constraints :
• Maximal number of TRX per cell is 16.
• Maximal number of cabinets between which a given cell is shared is 2.
• Cabinets between which a cell is shared are clock synchronised in a master / slave onfiguration

Such clock synchronisation between BTSs in master / slave mode is possible both between A9100 BTSs and
between A9100 BTSs and BTSs of previous generations.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 30
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 31

 Give the major advantages and drawbacks


of the multi-band cells solution

15 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 31
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 32

 Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
 The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 32
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1·1· 33

End of Module
Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 33
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Module 2
Algorithms and Associated Parameters
3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 1
Blank Page
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 2

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 2
Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 3

 Describe algorithms dedicated to multi-layer and


multi-band networks management

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 3
Objectives [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 4

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 4
Table of Contents
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 5

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 Introduction 7
Justification 8
Typing Conventions 9
2 Neighboring cells list 10
Purpose 11
Idle Mode 12
Dedicated Mode 13
Multi-band configuration 14
Cell Monitoring 15
Cell Monitoring Optimization 17
Number of neighboring cells 18
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection 19
Strategy 20
Selection and Reselection Principle 21
Cell Selection with CBQ 22
C1 Criterion 25
C2 Criterion 27
C2 Parameters 31
Applications 32
CRO Tuning 34
Exercise 36
4 Call Setup 37
Principles
GSM 38
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
Congestion
Optimization
in the Preferred Cell All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007 39
Algorithms Principles 40
Algorithms Principles (cont.) 41
Algorithms Principles (cont.) 42
Directed Retry Principles 43
Normal Directed Retry 45
Forced Directed Retry (Cause 20) 46
FDR Parameters 47
Managing DR Parameters 48
Access Strategy 49
Exercise 50
5 Handover Strategies 51
Objectives 52
Handover Algorithms 54
Functional Entities 55
HO Causes 56
HO Causes Priority 58
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms 59
Emergency Intercell Algorithms 60
Handover Cause 2: UL Quality 61
Handover Cause 3: UL Level 62
Handover Cause 4: DL Quality 63
Handover Cause 5: DL Level 64
Handover Cause 6: Distance 65
Emergency Intracell Handovers 66
Handover Cause 15: UL Interference 67
Handover Cause 16: DL Interference 68
New Parameters for Causes 15 & 16 69
Causes 15 & 16: specific case of concentric cells 70
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget 71
Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation 81
HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters 84

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 6

Page
Switch to notes view!
Cause 12: Speed Discrimination in Lower/Indoor 87
Exercise 88
Handover Cause 23: Traffic 89
Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO 91
Exercise 94
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks 98
Emergency Handovers: Introduction 99
Emergency Handovers Specific to Microcells 101
Microcell Emergency Handovers 102
Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold 105
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks 110
Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS 111
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination 115
Cause 24: General Capture 121
Exercise 124
Cause 21: Preferred Band 128
Capture handovers 130
Exercise 133
9 Multiband Cells 136
Introduction 137
Cause 10: Low uplink level in inner zone 140
Cause 11: Low downlink level in inner zone 141
Cause
GSM 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone 142
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
Call Setup
Optimization
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007 148
Outgoing intercell HO 150
HO Cause 12 151
Incoming intercell HO 154
Intracell Handovers 156
Limitations 157
Additional Features 158
Exercise 159
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation 161
From HO Detection to Candidate Cell Evaluation 162
Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER 163
Summary 167
Evaluation Process 168
Pre-Ranking in Standard Networks 172
PBGT Filtering 173
Order Evaluation 175
Grade Evaluation 176
Level Filtering 177
FDR: Candidate Cell Evaluation 178
Summary 179
Exercise 180
Self-Assessment on the Objectives 188
End of Module 189

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 6
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 7

1 Introduction

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 7
1 Introduction
Justification
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 8

 Multi-band/Multi-layer brings new features and algorithms :

 Designing, managing and monitoring complex networks is more difficult

 A relevant choice of architecture and parameters settings will precede the


introduction of a new layer in the existing network

 To be sure to implement correctly the best strategy for your network,


knowledge of all algorithms and parameters is mandatory.

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 8
1 Introduction
Typing Conventions
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 9

 In all this document


 SYSTEM PARAMETERS (can be set at the OMC-R level) will always be written
in BLUE BOLD FONT

 VARIABLES (averages, internal system variables, etc.) will be typed in


NORMAL FONT

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 9
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 10

2 Neighboring cells list

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 10
2 Neighboring cells list
Purpose
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 11

 Neighboring cells list is sent to the MS regularly and contains all BCCH
frequencies of neighbor cells to be monitored by the MS

 The MS measures them regularly in order to :


 Perform cell selection & reselection (in idle mode)
 Report 6 BCCH RxLev to the BSS for handovers (in dedicated mode)

800
800
20
20
798
798

45
45 805
805

22

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

MS shall measure the BCCH of neighbor cells and decode their BSIC at least once every 10 seconds.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 11
2 Neighboring cells list
Idle Mode
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 12

 2 possibilities, the MS camps on either :


 A cell with a BCCH on a DCS 1800 frequency

BCCH 1800
805
805 SI 2 and 2bis : 1800 neighboring cells
SI 2ter : 900 neighboring cells

 Or a cell with a BCCH on a GSM 900 frequency

BCCH 900
20
20 SI 2: 900 neighboring cells
SI 2ter (& 2bis): 1800 neighboring cells

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

SI : Sytem Information Messages


Description of all SI messages : 3GPP TS 44.018 Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Radio Resource
Control (RRC) protocol, several chapters starting from §9.1.31

It takes up more space to broadcast 1800 frequencies, therefore 2 SI are necessary.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 12
2 Neighboring cells list
Dedicated Mode
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 13

 2 possibilities, the call is performed on either :


 A cell with a BCCH on a DCS 1800 frequency

SACCH
805
805 SI 5 and 5bis: 1800 neighboring cells
SI 5ter: 900 neighboring cells

 Or a cell with a BCCH on a GSM 900 frequency

SACCH
20
20 SI 5: 900 neighboring cells
SI 5ter (& 5bis): 1800 neighboring cells

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

SACCH can be either on a 1800 MHz TRX or a 900 MHz TRX.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 13
2 Neighboring cells list
Multi-band configuration
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 14

 Which ever is the band of the current cell, the MS can receive BCCH list
that belongs to the other band only with :
 SI-2ter
 SI-5ter

 To enable/disable this SI messages on BCCH and SACCH

 EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH = enable (1)


 EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH = disable (0)

 Description : BSC parameter that enables / disables the multiband


operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE
2ter/5ter.

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Note : on the OMC-R "cell edit" screen, this parameter is named "EN_INTERBAND_HO".

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 14
2 Neighboring cells list
Cell Monitoring
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 15

 In dedicated mode, a MS can only report 6 measurements :

MEAS REPORT

805
805 N1 : (BSIC, RXLEV)
N2 : (BSIC, RXLEV)
N3 : (BSIC, RXLEV)
N4 : (BSIC, RXLEV)
N5 : (BSIC, RXLEV)
N6 : (BSIC, RXLEV)

 Standard behavior in a mono-band network : MS reports the 6 strongest


cells

 Problem : in a multi-band network, 1800 cells provides less signal


strength and might not be included in the 6 strongest neighbors !

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

MEASUREMENT REPORT is sent on the UL SACCH of the dedicated TCH, every 480ms.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 15
2 Neighboring cells list
Cell Monitoring [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 16

 Reported neighbors from each band can be forced thanks to the cell
parameter :
 MULTIBAND_REPORTING

 4 possible values
 0: 6 strongest cells irrespective of the frequency band
 1: 1 strongest cell (non-serving cell frequency band) + 5 strongest cells
(serving cell frequency band)
 2: 2 strongest cells (non-serving cell frequency band) + 4 strongest cells
(serving cell frequency band)
 3: 3 strongest cells (non-serving cell frequency band) + 3 strongest cells
(serving cell frequency band)

 Default value:
 0 for mono-band network
 3 for multi-band network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

For a multi band MS, the number of cells per freq band which shall be included in the measurement report is
indicated by the parameter MULTIBAND_REPORTING, broadcast on BCCH.
An MS attached to GPRS shall use the parameter broadcast on BCCH. The parameter may also be sent to the MS
on SACCH.

The meaning of different values of the parameter is specified as follows:


Value Meaning
00 Normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective
of the band used.
01 The MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the
frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in the
measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still
remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands
irrespective of the band used.
10 The MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of
the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in
the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still
remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands
irrespective of the band used.
11 The MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each
of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions
in the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still
remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands
irrespective of the band used.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 16
2 Neighboring cells list
Cell Monitoring Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 17

 MULTIBAND_REPORTING has to be tuned carefully in multi-band


network, since no handover can be done to a cell which is not reported
 The parameter value is depending on network strategy and may be
tuned differently in each band

Example: give priority to 1800 cells


 In 900 layer cells
MULTIBAND_REPORTING = 1 is most of the time sufficient to make a
handover towards the preferred band
 In 1800 layer cells
MULTIBAND_REPORTING = 3 : 1800 neighboring cells have to be reported to
keep the MS in the same band when possible, but 900 cells should be reliably
reported as they are rescue cells.

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 17
2 Neighboring cells list
Number of neighboring cells
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 18

 Neighboring cells list limited to 32 BCCH's in OMC-R :

 Limit easily reached in a network with 3 or 4 layers, and 2 bands

 A special care must be taken when defining the list of neighboring cells

 The multi-band cells solution dramatically reduces this problem when


introducing new frequency band

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 18
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 19

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 19
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Strategy
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 20

 Adding a new band/layer is a powerful way of increasing network


capacity if the MS can be sent to the preferred cell
 In dedicated mode: see next sections
 But also in idle mode, so that the call is established directly in the preferred
cell
 Really increase capacity
 Maintain high QoS level, without creating extra HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 20
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Selection and Reselection Principle
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 21

 At startup (IMSI Attach), the MS is selecting cell with

 Defined priorities with CELL_BAR_QUALIFY


 Best C1 amongst highest priority cells (using CBQ)

 Once “camped on” one cell (in idle mode)…

 … The MS can decide to reselect another one if:

 C1 criterion < 0
 The MS cannot decode downlink signalling blocks of Paging Channel
 The current cell is becoming forbidden (e.g. barred)
 A random access attempt is still unsuccessful after "Max retrans" repetitions
 MS detects the network has failed authentication check
 There is a better cell, regarding C2 criterion

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

MAX_RETRANS is a cell parameter, transmitted in SI-2.


Authentication check : during SDCCH phase (call setup, location update)
Note:
Cell selection (first selection) is performed using C1 criterion only (the chosen cell is the one with the best C1)
Reselection is done using the mechanisms referenced above.

e.g., the MS cannot access the cell.


It can be linked to SDCCH congestion, filtering of CHARQD due to TA greater than RACH_TA_FILTER, radio access
problem during the Radio Link Establishment phase.
 If SDCCH is to be seized for LU purpose, the MS will reselect on another cell.
 If SDCCH is seized for something else (e.g., MOC), the MS « may » reselect (this is up to the MS vendor
choice!!!). Some MSs do nothing. Call will never be possible. Some others do reselect. In that case, the user has
to reattempt his call (after the reselection, but before the MS is back to the original cell due to better C2, etc.
(done after 5 s, etc.)).

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 21
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Cell Selection with CBQ
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 22

 Cell selection, use of CELL_BAR_QUALIFY:


 Set on a per cell basis
 Broadcast on the BCCH
 2 possible values:
 0 = normal priority (default value)
 1 = lower priority

 The MS selects the suitable (C1 > 0) cell with the highest C1 belonging
to the list of highest priority

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The CELL_BAR_QUALIFY parameter is not understood by phase 1 MS.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 22
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Cell Selection with CBQ [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 23

 Example: highest priority set on microcell

25
25 microcell
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY = 0
20
20

macrocell
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY = 1

 The MS will select the microcell (if available, C1>0), whatever the level
of the macrocell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 23
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Cell Selection with CBQ [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 24

WARNING: usage of CELL_BAR_QUALIFY:


 interacts with CELL_BAR_ACCESS
 A cell with low priority (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY = 1) cannot be barred
 Some MSs will be able to access it, whatever the value of CELL_BAR_ACCESS

CELL_BAR CELL_BAR Cell selection priority Status for cell reselection


QUALIFY ACCESS
0 0 normal normal
0 1 barred barred
1 0 low normal (see note 1)
1 1 low normal (see note 1)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

NOTE 1: Two identical semantics are used for cross phase compatibility reasons. This allows an operator to
declare a cell always as a low priority one for a phase 2 MS, but keeps the opportunity for an operator to
decide whether a phase 1 MS is permitted to camp on such a cell or not.

Because phase-1 MS do not support this feature, it is recommended to keep cell bar qualify = 0.
Also, some early phase-2 MS do not handle this parameter properly.

This is only useful during selection (switching the MS, before C1 computation). Afterwards, only reselection will
take place.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 24
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C1 Criterion
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 25

 C1
 ensures that, if a call was attempted, it would be done with a sufficient
downlink and uplink received level
 based on 2 parameters, broadcast on the BCCH
 RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN [dBm]
 Minimum level to access the cell
 Default value : -100 dBm
 Range: -47dBm to -110dBm (step = 1dB)

 MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH [dBm]
 Maximum level for MS emitting
 Default value: 33 dBm

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 25
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C1 Criterion [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 26

 C1
 evaluated every 5 s (minimum)
 C1 = A - MAX(0,B) > 0

 A = RxLev - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
 assess that the MS received level is sufficient

 B = MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH - P
 P maximum power of MS
 assess that the BTS received level will be sufficient
 if MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH < P

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

C1 is computed for each neighbor, using the parameters broadcasted in each neighbor !

For cell a and cell b :


C1(a) = RxLev - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(a) – max(0,MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(a)- P)
C1(b) = RxLev - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(b) - max(0,MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(b)- P)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 26
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C2 Criterion
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 27

 C2

 If CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND= not present

C2=C1

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 27
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C2 Criterion [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 28

 C2

 If CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND= present
 And if PENALTY_TIME  Infinity ( 640s)

Cell is arriving in neighbor list :


C2 = C1 + CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET - TEMPORARY_OFFSET

Cell has been in neighbor list for more than PENALTY_TIME


C2 = C1 + CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET used to favor a cell among other (e.g. micro-


cell vs. umbrella, once T > PENALTY_TIME)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a
negative value

This formula is very useful to favor an indoor cell or a microcell.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 28
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C2 Criterion [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 29

 C2

 If CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND= present
 And if PENALTY_TIME = Infinity (= 640s)

C2 = C1 - CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET used to handicap some cells among others

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a
negative value

This formula is very useful to favor an indoor cell or a microcell.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 29
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C2 Criterion [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 30

 Case of "better cell" reselection

 The MS will select the neighbor cell if :

 Cells in same Location Area


C2neighbor > C2current

 Cells in different Location Area


C2neighbor > C2current + CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS is a parameter defined in the current cell.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 30
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C2 Parameters
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 31

 CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND
 C2 parameters are broadcast if = ENABLE (default)
 otherwise C2 = C1

 PENALTY_TIME
 From 20s to 620s, in "20s" increment step
 Default value = 20s
 640s : infinite penalty

 CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
 From 0 dB to 126 dB, in "2dB" increment step
 Default value = 0dB
 TEMPORARY_OFFSET
 From 0 dB to 60 dB, in "10dB" increment step (+ Infinity)
 Default value = 0dB

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 31
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Applications
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 32

MINI 900
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -94dBm
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 16 dB
MINI TEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dB UMB
MINI PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s) UMB

UMBRELLA 900
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -104dBm
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dB
TEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dB
PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

MS in Idle Mode
RxLev(Mini) = -70dBm  C2(Mini) = …
RxLev(Umb) = -65dBm  C2(Umb) = …

=> Which cell is favored in Idle Mode ?


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

For both cells :


MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH = 33dBm
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND = 1

Recommendation : CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET for lower layers between 4 to 12 dB higher than the offset in the
higher layer.
Due to the Rxlev_access_min = -94dBm in the mini cell, it is required to increase the CRO(mini) by 10dB, to
match up against the C2 of the umbrella.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 32
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Applications [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 33

MINI 1800
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -85dBm
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 23 dB
MINI TEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dB MINI
MINI PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s) MINI

MINI 900
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -104dBm
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dB
TEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dB
PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

MS in Idle Mode
RxLev(M900) = -70dBm  C2(M900) = …
RxLev(M1800) = -72dBm  C2(M1800) = …

=> Which cell is favored in Idle Mode ?


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

For both cells :


RX_LEV_ACCESS_MIN = -104dBm
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH = default
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND = 1

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 33
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
CRO Tuning
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 34

In a multi-band network :
 Differences in TRX output power
 TRX 1800 MP (TRADE) = 45.4 dBm
 TRX 900 MP (TRAGE) = 46.5 dBm

 Differences in path loss


 On a same path :

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Average propagation loss = difference in path loss + difference in TRX output power = 10dB approx.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 34
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
CRO Tuning [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 35

 Therefore, a 1800 cell will provide less coverage than a 900 cell
 Delta = 8~10dB
 Less traffic is carried by 1800 cells (more capacity available)

 Additionally, the 1800 frequency planning is usually cleaner than the


900 one.

Even at low RxLev, a 1800 cell might provide a coverage with good
quality and good capacity

For this reason, CRO is used to advantage 1800 cells over 900 cells.
 Within a same layer : CRO(1800) = CRO(900) + 2~8dB
 Among different layers : CRO(1800) = CRO(900) + 4~12dB

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 35
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 36

 Is there a way to keep fast-moving mobiles in the upper layer ?

TEMPORARY_OFFSET(umbrella) = 0dB
PENALTY_TIME(umbrella) = 20s
TEMPORARY_OFFSET(micro) = 20dB
PENALTY_TIME(micro) = 40s (def.)

2 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 36
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 37

4 Call Setup

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 37
4 Call Setup
Principles
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 38

 Call setup is made on the cell (re)selected in idle mode


 Idle mode parameters favour the preferred cells
 Lower layers
 Preferred band

 What is the risk?

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 38
4 Call Setup
Congestion in the Preferred Cell
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 39

 The risk is to have congestion in the preferred cell!


 Classical band / upper cells are unloaded…
 … as all MSs are sent to new cells in idle mode

 This phenomenon is further amplified by handovers behavior

 Multi-band/multi-layer algorithms are based on CAPTURE mechanisms


 Send the MS in the preferred cell as soon as it is OK…
 … Without comparing serving and preferred cells…
 … to reach the maximum capacity increase
(See handover parts for details)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

When a MS camps on a cell in Idle mode, it will perform call setup on this cell (and all other procedures : location
update, SMS, etc.).

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 39
4 Call Setup
Algorithms Principles
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 40

Traffic
increase

Old capacity

New capacity
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 40
4 Call Setup
Algorithms Principles (cont.)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 41

Traffic
increase Water Valve with filter:
Dual layer algorithms

Old capacity

New capacity
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

As seen earlier :
Cell Selection & Reselection can favor new cells
Handovers can capture traffic from old cells and push it to new cells

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 41
4 Call Setup
Algorithms Principles (cont.)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 42

Traffic Water Pump:


increase Forced
Directed Retry and
Fast Traffic
handover

Old capacity

New capacity
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

By sending too much traffic on new cells, there is a risk of congestion. It can be avoided by Forced Directed Retry
and Fast Traffic HO.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 42
4 Call Setup
Directed Retry Principles
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 43

 A Directed Retry:
 SDCCH to TCH intercell handover
 Triggered during a call setup procedure

Serving Target MSC


MS Cell BSC
Cell

SDCCH
SDCCH Assignment
Assignment Phase
Phase
(SDCCH)
SDCCH
SDCCH Phase
Phase

Assignment Request
Serving cell is
congested, waiting to
find a neighbor cell
Channel
Activation
ack

HO Command
T11
(TCH) HO Access

Handover
Handover

HO Complete
Assignment Complete
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

 After channel request, a SDCCH is allocated to the MS


 If no TCH is available, the MS is queued in the TCH QUEUE
 If a HO is detected & the target cell has a TCH availble
  The MS obtains a TCH in the target cell !

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 43
4 Call Setup
Directed Retry Principles [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 44

Normal
Normal Directed
Directed Retry
Retry Forced
Forced Directed
Directed Retry
Retry

Handover detection based on Handover detection based on a


standard intercell HO algorithms: specific algorithm (Cause 20).

- Too low level Candidate cell evaluation based


- Too bad quality on specific criteria.
- Power Budget / Traffic HO
- Capture (14, 21, 24)
- etc. (except Fast Traffic HO)

 Internal and External Directed Retries are possible (since B6.2)


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 44
4 Call Setup
Normal Directed Retry
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 45

 Set on a per cell basis with parameter EN_DR

 EN_DR = enable (DR execution is enabled in the cell)

 EN_DR = disable (DR execution is disabled in the cell)

 Executed only if no TCH available in serving cell and standard intercell


HO detected

 Except Intracell HO causes 10, 11 and 13 (concentric cells) and causes 15


and 16 (interference HO)

 Except Cause 28 (Fast Traffic HO)

 The target cell is chosen by the BSC based on the HO detected

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

If the target cell is congested, the counter MC555 is incremented :


Definition : Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) -preparation failures due to
congestion (on Air or A-bis interface). The target TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition
1) Whenever there are no free TCH in the target cell during a forced or normal internal directed retry.
2) Whenever no TCH resource is available on A-bis interface for a forced or normal internal directed retry.
(not valid in B7)

EN_EXT_DR : enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure (on a per BSC basis)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 45
4 Call Setup
Forced Directed Retry (Cause 20)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 46

 CAUSE 20: Forced Directed Retry

AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) >> L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
And EN_FORCED_DR = ENABLED
And EN_FORCED_DR = ENABLED

 To activate FDR : EN_FORCED_DR = Enable AND EN_DR = Enable

 AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) is calculated with the A_PBGT_DR window

 If less than A_PBGT_DR samples are available

 AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) is calculated with the available "n" samples and


remaining "A_PBGT_DR – n" are filled with -110 dBm

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) is calculated for each neighbor (neighbor's BCCH), and compared to the
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) of this neighbor, within the BSC.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 46
4 Call Setup
FDR Parameters
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 47

 L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n): level required in the neighboring cell n


 The parameter considered is the one set in the neighboring cell
 The default value depends on the network architecture
 See the next slide

 Freelevel_DR(n): number of free TCH channels required in the


neighboring cell n
 The parameter considered is the one set in the neighboring cell
 Default value = 0 to 4 TCHs (linked to the nb of TRXs)
 (cf. Candidate Cell Evaluation)

 A_PBGT_DR: average window


 Default value = 4 SACCHs

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 47
4 Call Setup
Managing DR Parameters
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 48

 Normal DR
 Pro's: no radio problem as MS's remain within the service area of the new
serving cell
 Con's: poor probability of happening, as MS is already camping on the best
server cell

 Forced DR
 Pro's: Probability of detecting a FDR depends on parameter settings.
 Con's: Interference problems because MS is perhaps outside the cell normal
service area

Umbrella cell

capture FDR

Micro cell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Forced Directed Retry strategy:


 Between one micro cell and its umbrella macro cell
 OK: same service area
 Simple parameters settings
 Between 2 micro or 2 macro cells
 According to the frequency plan

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 48
4 Call Setup
Access Strategy
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 49

 Prevention of congestion in the “old” cells


 MSs are sent in idle mode to the “preferred cell”
 HO strategy favoring the “preferred cell” in dedicated mode

 Prevention of congestion in the “preferred cell”


 Forced Directed Retry to the “old” cells

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 49
4 Call Setup
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 50

 A dual layer network is considered


 Umbrella cells 900
 Micro cells 900

 Set FDR parameters to avoid


interference and allow a powerful TCH
resource usage

Umbrella cells

Time
allowed:
10 minutes
Microcells

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 50
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 51

5 Handover Strategies

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 51
5 Handover Strategies
Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 52

1. Maximize capacity of the network, with :

 Intelligent MS sharing between available resources


 Avoid congestion of historical band (for old MS)
 Consider traffic conditions of all layers
 Use full capacity of new resources (1800 band is offering more channels)
 Consider MS speed for layer discrimination

 Avoid too many handovers


 Degradation of voice quality
 In order to ease traffic analysis, it is recommended to avoid too many handovers
between layers.

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 52
5 Handover Strategies
Objectives [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 53

2. Insuring good quality communications and avoiding call drops

 Send MS towards the layer that will provide the best QoS
 Minimize the number of HO between cells for good speech Quality
 Fast moving mobiles are handled by the macrocell layer
 Identify a best target for emergency handovers cases

 The tuning of the parameters will result in trade-offs

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 53
5 Handover Strategies
Handover Algorithms
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 54

 Next parts will detail available HO causes for multi-layer network


management

 Standard Handovers

 Multi-Layer and Multi-Band Handovers

 Concentric cell "Interzone" Handovers

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 54
5 Handover Strategies
Functional Entities
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 55

BTS BSC
Radio Active
HO Candidate
Link Channel HO Detection
Cell Evaluation
Measurements Pre-processing

HO
management

HO
protocol MSC

Assignment of HO functions in the ALCATEL BSC

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 55
5 Handover Strategies
HO Causes
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 56

 Standard HO causes
 cause 2 : too low quality on the uplink
 cause 3 : too low level on the uplink
 cause 4 : too low quality on the downlink
 cause 5 : too low level on the downlink
EM  cause 6 : too large distance between the MS and the BTS
 cause 15 : high interference on the uplink (intra-cell HO)
 cause 16 : high interference on the downlink (intra-cell HO)
 cause 26 : AMR channel adaptation HO (HR to FR)

 cause 12 : power budget evaluation


 cause 23 : traffic
 cause 27 : AMR channel adaptation HO (FR to HR)
BC  cause 28 : Fast traffic HO
 cause 29 : TFO HO
 cause 20 : FDR
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

These causes will always work, whether the network is monoband monolayer, or multiband multilayer.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 56
5 Handover Strategies
HO Causes [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 57

 HO causes for MB-ML networks


 cause 10 : too low level on the uplink in the inner zone
 cause 11 : too low level on the downlink in the inner zone
 cause 7 : consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell
EM
 cause 17 : too low level on the uplink in a microcell compared to
a high threshold
 cause 18 : too low level on the downlink in a microcell compared
to a high threshold

 cause 13 : too high level on the uplink and the downlink in the
outer zone
 cause 14 : high level in the neighboring cell of a lower or indoor
BC layer for slow mobile
 cause 21 : high level in the neighboring cell in the preferred band
 cause 24 : general capture

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 57
5 Handover Strategies
HO Causes Priority
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 58

EM
 cause 7 : consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell
 cause 17 : too low level on the uplink in a µcell compared to a high threshold
 cause 18 : too low level on the downlink in a µcell compared to a high threshold
 cause 2 : too low quality on the uplink
 cause 3 : too low level on the uplink
 cause 4 : too low quality on the downlink
 cause 5 : too low level on the downlink
 cause 6 : too large distance between the MS and the BTS
 cause 10 : too low level on the uplink in the inner zone
 cause 11 : too low level on the downlink the in inner zone
 cause 26 : AMR channel adaptation HO (HR to FR)
 cause 15 : high interference on the uplink (intra-cell HO)
 cause 16 : high interference on the downlink (intra-cell HO)

BC
 cause 21 : high level in the neighboring cell in the preferred band
cause 14 : high level in neighboring cell of a lower or an indoor layer cell for slow mobile
cause 24 : general capture
cause 12 : power budget evaluation
cause 23 : traffic
 cause 13 : too high level on the uplink and downlink in the outer zone
 cause 27 : AMR channel adaptation HO (FR to HR)
 cause 20 : Forced Directed Retry DR
 cause 28 : Fast traffic HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The handover causes are checked with the priority order defined here.

The better condition causes 21, 14, 24, 12 and 23 have the same priority. For each cell in the list of possible
candidate cells is associated a cause.

If a cell is in the candidate cells list because of 2 different causes, only the one with the highest priority in the
ordered list (cause 21, cause 14, cause 24, cause 12 and cause 23) in which cause 21 has the highest priority is
kept.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 58
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 59

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 59
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Emergency Intercell Algorithms
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 60

 Emergency intercell handovers


 cause 2 : too low quality on the uplink
 cause 3 : too low level on the uplink
 cause 4 : too low quality on the downlink
 cause 5 : too low level on the downlink
 cause 6 : too large distance between the MS and the BTS

 May be triggered
 From any serving cell (any band, any zone, any layer)
 Towards any neighbour, except the serving cell

 Note : EM HO detected while in the inner zone of a cell


 the outer zone is a candidate

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 60
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 2: UL Quality
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 61

QUAL
 CAUSE 2: too low quality on the uplink
LEV

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO >> L_RXQUAL_UL_H
L_RXQUAL_UL_H ++ OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO <=
<= RXLEV_UL_IH
RXLEV_UL_IH
and
and MS_TXPWR
MS_TXPWR == min
min (P,
(P, MS_TXPWR_MAX)
MS_TXPWR_MAX)
and
and EN_RXQUAL_UL=
EN_RXQUAL_UL= ENABLED
ENABLED

 Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO


 Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Quality and Level causes (2, 3, 4, 5, 15, 16)


The aim of these causes is to keep the call going when the radio link is degrading otherwise the radio link failure
might be detected and the call released. These causes wait generally for the power control process to increase
the BTS and MS power to their maximum values, except for the causes specific to microcellular environment.
Handover on "too low level" is used to avoid situations where the interference level is low, while the attenuation
is quite high. These conditions may appear for example in big city streets which ENABLED a line of sight
propagation from the BTS antenna. There is in this case a risk of abrupt quality degradation, if the MS moves
away from the line of sight street.
In case of simultaneous low-level and low-quality signals, an intercell handover is requested.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 61
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 3: UL Level
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 62

QUAL
 CAUSE 3: too low level on the uplink
LEV

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <=
<= L_RXQUAL_UL_H
L_RXQUAL_UL_H ++ OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO << L_RXLEV_UL_H
L_RXLEV_UL_H
and
and MS_TXPWR
MS_TXPWR == min
min (P,
(P, MS_TXPWR_MAX)
MS_TXPWR_MAX)
and
and EN_RXLEV_UL=
EN_RXLEV_UL= ENABLED
ENABLED

 Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO


 Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 62
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 4: DL Quality
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 63

QUAL
 CAUSE 4: too low quality on the downlink
LEV

AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO
AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO >> L_RXQUAL_DL_H
L_RXQUAL_DL_H ++ OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and
and AV_RXLEV_DL_HO
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO <=
<= RXLEV_DL_IH
RXLEV_DL_IH
and
and BS_TXPWR
BS_TXPWR == BS_TXPWR_MAX
BS_TXPWR_MAX
and
and EN_RXQUAL_DL
EN_RXQUAL_DL == ENABLED
ENABLED

 Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO


 Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 63
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 5: DL Level
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 64

QUAL
 CAUSE 5: too low level on the downlink
LEV

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <=
<= L_RXQUAL_DL_H
L_RXQUAL_DL_H ++ OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO << L_RXLEV_DL_H
L_RXLEV_DL_H
and
and BS_TXPWR
BS_TXPWR == BS_TXPWR_MAX
BS_TXPWR_MAX
and
and EN_RXLEV_DL=
EN_RXLEV_DL= ENABLED
ENABLED

 Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO


 Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 64
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 6: Distance
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 65

 CAUSE 6 : Too long distance

AV_RANGE_HO
AV_RANGE_HO >> U_TIME_ADVANCE
U_TIME_ADVANCE
and
and EN_DIST_HO
EN_DIST_HO == ENABLED
ENABLED

 Size of window for averaging distance : A_RANGE_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This cause is used when a dominant cell provides a lot of scattered coverages inside other cells, due to
propagation conditions of the operational network. These spurious coverages is the probable production of a high
level of co-channel interference.
This cause is different from the others as it is more preventive. It does not make use of the propagation
conditions of a call. It just does not allow an MS to talk to a BTS if it is too far away.
It may happen for example that some peculiar propagation conditions exist at one point in time that provide
exceptional quality and level although the serving BTS is far and another is closer and should be the one the
mobile should be connected to if the conditions were normal.
It may then happen that these exceptional conditions suddenly drop and the link is lost, which would not have
happened if the mobile had been connected to the closest cell. For these reasons also, this cause does not wait
for the power control to react.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 65
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Emergency Intracell Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 66

 Emergency intracell handovers


 cause 15 : high interference on the uplink (intra-cell HO)
 cause 16 : high interference on the downlink (intra-cell HO)

 May be triggered
 From any serving cell (any band, any zone, any layer)
 Towards only the serving cell

 Note : If the MS is on a non-hopping TRX, the BSC will tend to allocate a TCH
on another TRX.

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 66
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 15: UL Interference
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 67

 CAUSE 15: High interference on the uplink

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO >> THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15
THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 ++ OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO >> RXLEV_UL_IH
RXLEV_UL_IH
and
and EN_CAUSE_15
EN_CAUSE_15 == ENABLED
ENABLED
and
and [[ no
no previous
previous intracell
intracell handover
handover for
for this
this connection
connection failed
failed
or
or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED
EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED ]]

 Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO


 Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 and EN_CAUSE_15 are not parameters but variables defined just after.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 67
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 16: DL Interference
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 68

 CAUSE 16: High interference on the downlink

AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO
AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO >> THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16
THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16 ++ OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and
and AV_RXLEV_DL_HO
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO >> RXLEV_DL_IH
RXLEV_DL_IH
and
and EN_CAUSE_16
EN_CAUSE_16 == ENABLED
ENABLED
and
and [[ no
no previous
previous intracell
intracell handover
handover for
for this
this connection
connection failed
failed
or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED
or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED ] ]

 Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO


 Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16 and EN_CAUSE_16 are not parameters but variables defined after.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 68
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms B10
New Parameters for Causes 15 & 16
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 69

 CAUSE 15 and CAUSE 16:


 THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 (or 16) and EN_CAUSE_15 (or 16) are specific to
variable computed by the BSC :

 THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 (or 16) =


L_RXQUAL_XX_H for a non AMR call (same threshold as CAUSE 2 or CAUSE 4)
L_RXQUAL_XX_H_AMR for an AMR Narrow Band call
 L_RXQUAL_XX_H_AMR_WB_GMSK for an AMR Wide Band call

 EN_ CAUSE _15 (or 16) =


 EN_INTRA_XX for a non-AMR call
 EN_INTRA_XX_AMR for an AMR Narrow Band call
 EN_INTRA_XX_AMR_WB_GMSK for an AMR Wide Band call

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

XX = UL or DL
For a non AMR call, the thresholds used are identical to the ones used for CAUSE 2 and CAUSE 4.
In this case and if EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = DISABLED, when a HO CAUSE 15 (or 16) fails, it can be modified as
UPLINK (or DOWLINK) QUALITY, HO CAUSE 2 (respectively HO CAUSE 4).
With the introduction of AMR Wide Band, in B10, specific thresholds have been defined for Cause 15 and Cause 16
of an AMR WB call.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 69
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Causes 15 & 16: specific case of concentric cells
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 70

 For an MS in the INNER zone, if cause 15 or 16 is triggered:


 TCH may be allocated in the outer zone or in the inner zone

 For an MS in the OUTER zone, if cause 15 or 16 is triggered:


 TCH is always allocated in the outer zone

INNER
OUTE
R

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 70
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 71

Definition of PBGT HO :
 “Comfort” handover type, no matter of emergency
 Possible targets depends on the cells layer type :

Target Layer Type


Serving Layer Type
MS Speed ≠ FAST MS Speed = FAST
Single Single or Upper Single or Upper
Upper Single or Upper Single or Upper
Lower Lower Upper or Lower
Indoor Indoor Upper or Indoor

If the MS is measured as fast, HO


preferably towards upper cells with
low traffic load
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 71
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 72

Definition of PBGT HO :
 Possible targets depends also on the cells band type :

Serving Band Type Target Band Type


(MS not in inner zone of EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO
a MB cell) = Enable = Disable
GSM Any GSM
DCS Any DCS

A multiband cell is "GSM" if the outer zone


is in GSM (cf. note)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The cell band type is an internal variable in the BSC, it depends on the BCCH frequency only. Therefore a
multiband cell has a cell band type = GSM if the outer zone is in GSM900.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 72
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 73

Definition of PBGT HO :
 … And if the MS is in the inner zone of a multiband concentric cell :

Serving Band Type Target Frequency Band


(MS in inner zone of a MB EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO
cell) = Enable = Disable
GSM Any GSM-DCS
DCS Any GSM-DCS

When in the MB inner zone, it is possible


to force PBGT HO only towards other
MB cell.

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Serving cell is a multiband cell : Band type depends on the BCCH frequency.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 73
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 74

 If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = disable

Single
Single
900 Single1800
Single 1800 Upper1800
Upper 1800
900 Upper
Upper

Upper
Upper Upper
Upper 900
900 1800
1800
900
900 900
900
Upper

fast
t

fast
s
fa

900
900 1800
1800
mini900
mini900 mini1800
mini1800
fast

µ900
µ900 µ900
µ900 fast

indoor900
indoor900 indoor900
indoor900
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Caution: Animated slide


This scheme highlights well the difficulty of introducing multi-band cells if EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO is disabled
(this was the only configuration in the first B6.2 networks): Multi-band cells interoperate only with, etc. multi-
band cells.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 74
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 75

 If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable

Single
900 Single 1800 Upper 1800
Upper

Upper Upper 900 1800


900 900
Upper

fast
t

fast
s
fa

900 1800
mini900 mini1800
fast

µ900 µ900 fast

indoor900 indoor900
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 75
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 76

 Based on Power budget equation

PBGT(n)
PBGT(n) == AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) -- AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO
AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO (A)

-- (BS_TXPWR_MAX
(BS_TXPWR_MAX –– AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)
AV_BS_TXPWR_HO) (B)

-- (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)*
(MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)* –– MS_TXPWR_MAX*)
MS_TXPWR_MAX*) (C)

-- PING_PONG_MARGIN(n,
PING_PONG_MARGIN(n, call_ref)
call_ref) (D)

 Size of window for level averaging: A_PBGT_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The value of PBGT(n) is calculated every SACCH period for each neighboring cell n whose measures are kept in
the book-keeping list

A : favor cell with highest difference between RXLEV(n) and RXLEV(s)


B : compensate for effect of the power control in DL (if PC DL attenuates BS TXPWR by 4dB, the RXLEV(s) is also
attenuated by 4dB)
C : favor the cell where the MS is the most limited in TX power (to limit UL interference and extend battery life)
 automatic bonus of +3dB from 900-serving to 1800-neighbours.
 automatic handicap of -3dB from 1800-serving to 900-neighbours.

* In the case of concentric or multiband cells, if the channel is in the inner zone (ZONE_TYPE = INNER),
BS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MAX in equation must be replaced by BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER and
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER respectively.
If the channel is in the outer zone (ZONE_TYPE = OUTER), the formulation of equation (HO-7) is not changed.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 76
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 77

 A Handover cause 12 is detected only if the following conditions are


met :

ifif EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)
EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) == DISABLED
DISABLED
then
then PBGT(n)
PBGT(n) >> HO_MARGIN(0,n)
HO_MARGIN(0,n) ++ OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER (*)
(*)
and
and AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO
AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO ≤≤ RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
and
and EN_PBGT_HO
EN_PBGT_HO == ENABLED
ENABLED

 Size of window for level averaging: A_PBGT_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

(*) OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is applied only if the MS is currently located in the inner zone of a concentric
cell (multiband or monoband). This parameter will be explained in chapter 7.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 77
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 78

 In case the feature "Traffic HO" is enabled, the previous condition is


modified :

ifif EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)
EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) == ENABLED
ENABLED
then
then PBGT(n)
PBGT(n) >> HO_MARGIN(0,n)
HO_MARGIN(0,n) ++ OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER (*)
(*)
++ max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n))
max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n))
and
and AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO
AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO ≤≤ RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
and
and EN_PBGT_HO
EN_PBGT_HO == ENABLED
ENABLED

 Size of window for level averaging: A_PBGT_HO

max(0,
max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n))
DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)) is
is always
always positive  itit increases
positive  increases the
the HO_MARGIN(O,n)
HO_MARGIN(O,n)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Cause 12 HO is correlated with cause 23 HO. This is why there is a difference according to the activation of cause
23 HO (EN_TRAFFIC_HO).

(*) OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is applied only if the MS is currently located in the inner zone of a concentric
cell (multiband or monoband). This parameter will be explained in chapter 7.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 78
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 79

 DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n): evaluated according to the traffic


situation of the serving cell and the neighboring cell n
(Traffic_load(n)) in the following way:

IfIf Traffic_load(0)
Traffic_load(0) == high
high and
and Traffic_load(n)
Traffic_load(n) == low,
low, (A)
 DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = - DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN
 DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = - DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN

IfIf Traffic_load(0)
Traffic_load(0) == low
low and
and Traffic_load(n)
Traffic_load(n) == high,
high, (B)
 DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)
 DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) == ++ DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN
DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN

Else
Else DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)
DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) == 00 (C)

 Philosophy:
This mechanism aims at penalizing cause 12 detection when the traffic
in the serving cell is low and is high in the cell n
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Don't forget :
PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER + max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n))

In case (A) : DELTA HO MARGIN is negative, therefore "0" is used in the PBGT algorithm.
Only cases (B) and (C) can occur for cause 12.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 79
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 80

 What is the traffic_load() ?


 Computed for every cell by the BSC

 Not available for neighbour cells that are external (different BSC's)

 Can have three values:


 HIGH: cell is loaded
 LOW: cell is unloaded
 INDEFINITE: cell load is neither loaded nor unloaded, or unknown

 Modified according to the long term traffic evaluation algorithm using


the following parameters:
 A_TRAFFIC_LOAD, N_TRAFFIC_LOAD : averaging windows
 HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD, IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD, LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD: load
thresholds
 TCH_INFO_PERIOD: cannot be modified (5 s)
Annex 1

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

TCH_INFO_PERIOD = 5 s period used by the BSC to count the number of free TCH.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 80
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 81

Separated 900 – 1800 coverages

 Allow the flow of PBGT HO between the 2 bands


 EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable

HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 8 dB

1800 cells 900 cells

HO_MARGIN(0,n) =5 dB HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB
HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 2 dB

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable or disable


GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Typical example: dense urban area covered in 1800, and surrounding cells, outside the city area, are in 900.

For cells which are not in the vicinity of cells from other band, the parameter " EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO" has no
impact on HO detection (except for multiband cells)

Note : to ease design of parameters, one can use the following syntax (i.e. for the case above) :
HO_MARGIN(900,900) = 5dB
HO_MARGIN(900,1800) = 8dB
HO_MARGIN(1800,1800) = 5dB
HO_MARGIN(1800,900) = 2dB
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(900) = enable
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(1800) = enable

Why 8dB ? Because there is a automatic bonus of 3dB from 900  1800 (cf p.77). In order keep a difference of
5dB of RXLEV, it is necessary to increase the HO_MARGIN by 3dB.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 81
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 82

Common 900 – 1800 coverages

 Solution 1 : Allow the exit from "border 1800", but use other HO causes
to manage "core 1800"

HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB
macro 900

HO_MARGIN(900,1800)
= 8 dB
HO_M(1800,900)
= 2 dB
macro 1800
"Border" strategy HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB
Smooth exit of the 1800 area
"Core" strategy
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Enable
Prevent PBGT HO, to keep MS in 1800
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Disable
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Dual coverage of an area : full coverage in 1800 and full coverage in 900. However, to compensate for line (C) in
slide 77, we must compensate by 3 dB.
This way, there is no priority given to the 1800 band nor the 900 band.

When handling different bands with power budget HO only, the recommended CRO in the 1800 cell is:

CRO(1800) = ( [ HO_MARGIN(1800,900) – HO_MARGIN(900,1800)] / 2 ) + 3

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 82
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 83

Common 900 – 1800 coverages

 Solution 2 : Manage all intra-layer HO with HO cause 12.

HO_M(900,900) = 5 dB
macro 900
HO_
HO_

HO_M(1800,900) HO_M(900,1800)
M=
M=

= 8dB = 2dB
8 dB
2d
B

macro 1800
"Border" strategy HO_M(1800,1800) = 5 dB
Smooth exit of the 1800 area
"Core" strategy
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Enable
Allow PBGT HO, favour MS in 1800
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Enable
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Same management of HO at the "border" zone, but "core" zone is managed with PBGT HO also. Except the
HO_MARGIN are different :
HO_MARGIN(1800,900) = 8dB (6dB harder than default "2dB")
HO_MARGIN(900,1800) = 2dB (6dB easier than default "8dB")

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 83
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 84

 HO_MARGIN(0,n) optimization PBGT HO between micro cells 1, 2

 Not triggering too many HOs


Micro 2 Micro 1
(ping-pong)

 Not triggering HO to a transient Micro 3


cell (for example, the
perpendicular cell at a
crossroads) -50

-60

 Avoid emergency HO to the -70


umbrella if there is an available rxlev(cell 1)

microcell (after a street corner). -80 rxlev(cell 2)


rxlev(cell 3)
-90

-100

-110 1

11

13

15

17

19
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Too many handovers can be perceived as a degradation of the voice quality (i.e. in QVoice)
Transient cell : the Rxlev of this cell is good only for a short duration (= passing cell)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 84
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 85

 HO_MARGIN(0,n)
 Avoid ping-pong HO in urban environment
 Avoid emergency HO after street corners
 Avoid transcient PBGT HO
 Default value: up to 10 dB in dense urban microcellular area, with
short A_PBGT_HO.
 Optimized: can be reduced to 5dB or 0dB when applying an anti ping-
pong mechanism and long A_PBGT_HO.

 A_PBGT_HO
 To find a compromise with HO_MARGIN(0,n)
 Default value: 8 SACCHs for urban microcells, 6 for dense urban

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 85
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 86

 HO_MARGIN optimization
 if HO_MARGIN(0,n) > 5dB Interferer

 PBGT HO delayed BTS2


 C/I might drop below -6dB fn+1
 in case of adjacent frequencies between Building
2 neighbouring microcells, degradation
of voice quality
BTS1
 if HO_MARGIN(0,n) ≤ 5dB (0dB) fn

 adjacent frequencies between


neighbouring microcells can be used Area of potential interferences:
(C/I)adj < -6dB
 BUT A_PBGT_HO should be increased
 AND the anti ping-pong mechanism
should be applied (PING_PONG_HCP &
T_HCP)
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

C/I = -9dB, means that the RXLEV(serving) is 9dB lower than the RXLEV(neighbour)
Alcatel recommends C/I > -6dB [BCCH] and > -9dB [TCH] in case of adjacent channels, to avoid call quality
degradation.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 86
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Cause 12: Speed Discrimination in Lower/Indoor
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 87

 Transfer of fast MSs from lower or indoor layers to upper layer


 If EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED

Traffic Load = low Traffic Load  low


HO (12)

HO
MIN_CONNECT_TIME HO (12) HO (12) HO (12)

At
At call
call setup:
setup: C_DWELL
C_DWELL == 00 and
and is
is incremented
incremented by by 11 every
every MEASUREMENT
MEASUREMENT REPORTREPORT
MS_SPEED
MS_SPEED is
is set
set to
to indefinite
indefinite
After
After 1st
1st HO:
HO: MS_SPEED
MS_SPEED is
is kept
kept at
at indefinite,
indefinite, and
and C_DWELL
C_DWELL reinits
reinits to
to 00
Next
Next HO:
HO: MS_SPEED
MS_SPEED is
is set
set toto fast
fast if:
if:
C_DWELL
C_DWELL << 22 xx MIN_CONNECT_TIME
MIN_CONNECT_TIME
and
and HO
HO isis aa Power
Power Budget
Budget HO
HO (cause
(cause 12)
12)
and
and EN_SPEED_DISC
EN_SPEED_DISC == ENABLED ENABLED inin serving
serving cell
cell
Otherwise
Otherwise MS_SPEED
MS_SPEED is is kept
kept at
at indefinite
indefinite and
and C_DWELL
C_DWELL reinits
reinits to
to 00
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

If the handover is an intracell HO, nothing happens : C_DWELL continues to be incremented.


If the handover is an external HO (different BSC), then there is a reinitialisation of the variables C_DWELL and
MS_SPEED as after a call setup.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 87
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 88

 Draw arrows to indicate among which cells the HO cause


12 can be detected

UMBRELLA

LOWER

INDOOR

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

SPEED_DISC is enable in lower and indoor layers

Case 1 : all cells belong to the same BSC


Case 2 : the umbrella cells belong to another BSC

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 88
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 23: Traffic
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 89

 The aim of this cause is to speed HO detection when


 The serving cell is loaded
 The target cell is unloaded 23
E
US
 Counter-reaction of cause 12 CA

 Checked between : 12
E
US
CA
 LAYER :
 Cells with the same CELL_LAYER_TYPE

 BAND :
 If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = disable  Cells with the same CELL_BAND_TYPE
 if MS in inner zone of a multi-band cell, it can only go to another multi-band cell

 If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable  Any CELL_BAND_TYPE

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

In some multi-band networks, the radio coverage is ensured by DCS cells in one geographical area and by GSM
cells in another geographical area. As these cells form a multi-band and mono-layer network, the capture
handovers between cells of different bands will be inefficient to regulate the CS traffic load in the serving cell
neighboringhood.
The solution consists in allowing intra-layer traffic handovers (Cause 23) based on a power budget evaluation
between cells of different bands.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 89
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 23: Traffic [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 90

 CAUSE 23: Traffic Handover

DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)
DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) << 00 dB
dB

AND
AND PBGT(n)
PBGT(n) >> HO_MARGIN(0,n)
HO_MARGIN(0,n) ++ OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
++ DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)
DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)

AND
AND EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)
EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) == ENABLED
ENABLED

 Size of window for level average: A_PBGT_HO

 DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) uses the same algorithm as in p.77.

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The principle of this handover is to reduce the size of the serving cell when it is high loaded relatively to a low
loaded cell.
When the mobile moves away from the BTS, the power budget will increase and a better cell handover will be
triggered earlier.
It is recommended to inhibit Traffic handover towards 1 TRX cells. These cells do not have enough resources to
receive incoming handovers due to congestion of neighboring cells. Moreover because of the great variation of
traffic in the 1 TRX cells, traffic load is never considered as low.
This cause is inhibited for handover from SDCCH to SDCCH.

Cause 23 is checked over all the neighboring cells belonging to the same layer. It means that it is checked
between cells whose CELL_LAYER_TYPE is single or upper, between cells whose CELL_LAYER_TYPE is lower, and
between cells whose CELL_LAYER_TYPE is indoor.
In addition to the condition on the cell layer type, the cell frequency band condition for checking Cause 23 is as
follows whether or not the MS is in the inner zone of a multi-band cell:
 The MS is not in the inner zone of a multi-band cell

 If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “disabled”, Cause 23 must not be checked between cells

which use different frequency bands (i.e cells having different CELL_BAND_TYPE).
 If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “enabled”, Cause 23 will be checked over all the

neighboring cells without any cell frequency band restriction.


 The MS is in the inner zone of a multi-band cell

 If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “disabled”, Cause 23 is checked over all the neighboring cell

multi-band cells (FREQUENCY_RANGE= PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800) which belong to the same BSC as
the serving cell.
 If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “enabled”, Cause 23 will be checked over all the

neighboring cells without any cell frequency band restriction.


All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent
3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 90
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 91

 CAUSE 28: Fast Traffic Handover


 Push out of a cell a mobile in dedicated mode to allow a queued request to
be served in the serving cell
New call attempt Most appropriate MS
to be pushed out

HO
Congested cell

Upper Layer Cell


New call attempt

HO
Most appropriate MS
to be pushed out
 May be triggered
 From any non-concentric cell OR concentric outer zone
 Towards any cell except the serving one
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 91
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 92

 CAUSE 28: Fast Traffic Handover


 Cause 28 is only checked if the channel of the candidate MS can support
the channel rate (HR or FR) required by the queued request:

Queued Request Candidate MS

HR
HR or
FR on dual rate TRX

FR FR (whatever the TRX type)

 HO is triggered when a request is queued at the top of the queue

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 92
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 93

 CAUSE 28: Fast Traffic Handover

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) >> L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
++ max
max (0,
(0, [MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)
[MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) -- P])
P])
and
and t(n)
t(n) >> FREELEVEL_DR(n)
FREELEVEL_DR(n)
and
and EN_CAUSE_28
EN_CAUSE_28 == ENABLED
ENABLED
and
and EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO == ENABLED
ENABLED

 Size of window for averaging level: A_PBGT_DR

 Same thresholds and window as Cause 20 (FDR)


 EN_CAUSE_28 is an internal HOP process variable, ENABLED when a request
is queued
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

HO cause 28 process:
 If EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO = enabled, when an assignment request (or external emergency HO request) is queued,
the RAM process sends to the HOP process a Fast Traffic HO request which contains the queued request reference
and its channel rate.
 Then, HO cause 28 becomes checkable (EN_CAUSE_28=enabled).
 Once an HO alarm for cause 28 is triggered, the flag EN_CAUSE_28 is set to “disabled” so as not to perform
more than one handover. In the same time, the HOP process gets back to the RAM process a Fast Traffic HO
Acknowledge which contains the queued request reference and the reference of the MS that can perform HO.
 If several answers are sent to the RAM process, only the first one corresponding to the queued request is taken
into account.
 The RAM process checks if the request is still queued. If it is so, RAM asks HOP to start HO for this mobile;
otherwise the process is stopped.
 Once the HOP process receives this message, the first two conditions of Cause 28 (good enough level, enough
free resources in the target cell) are checked one more time. If the conditions are fulfilled, the HOP process
sends an alarm to the HOM entity and the timer T_FILTER is started; otherwise the process is stopped.

Note: the first two conditions of cause 28 are tested twice in order to be sure that the candidate cells are still
valid when the « cause 28 start HO » message is received from the RAM process.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 93
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 94

 Detection of cause 12
 Parameters settings

 No Power Control DL, no anti ping-pong


 EN_PBGT_HO = enable
 EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = disable
 HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB
 RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO = -47 dBm

 BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 0 dB
 OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 0 dB

 In each case, determine if cause 12 is detected or not

30 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 94
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 95

 Is cause 12 triggered?
 EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = ENABLE

Inputs Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4

Type Single Micro Micro Mini


Band 900 900 900 900
EN_SPEED_DISC No Yes Yes No
Source
MS speed Ind Slow Fast Fast

Rx_Lev(0) -85 dBm - 90 dBm -90 dBm -90 dBm

Type Single Umbrella Umbrella Micro


Band 900 1800 900 900
Target
Traffic(n) IND LOW LOW HIGH
Rx_Lev(n) -80 dBm - 65 dBm -65 dBm -80 dBm

PBGT ?

Cause 12 ?
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 95
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 96

 Is cause 12 triggered?
 EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = DISABLE

Inputs Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


Multiband Multiband Multiband
Type Single Single
Upper Upper Upper

Source Band 900 900 900 900 900


Zone --- --- Inner Outer Inner
Rx_Lev(0) -85 dBm -85 dBm -90 dBm -90 dBm -90 dBm

Multiband
Type Single Single Single Single
Upper
Target
Band 900 1800 900 900 900
Rx_Lev(n) -80 dBm -70 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm

PBGT ?

Cause 12 ?

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 96
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 97

 Is cause 12 triggered?
 EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = ENABLE

Inputs Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


Multiband Multiband Multiband
Type Single Single
Upper Upper Upper

Source Band 900 900 900 900 900


Zone --- --- Inner Outer Inner
Rx_Lev(0) -85 dBm -85 dBm -90 dBm -90 dBm -90 dBm

Multiband
Type Single Single Single Single
Upper
Target
Band 900 1800 900 900 900
Rx_Lev(n) -80 dBm -70 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm

PBGT ?

Cause 12 ?

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 97
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 98

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for


MBML Networks

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 98
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Emergency Handovers: Introduction
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 99

 In a hierarchical network, the MS can camp in any layer. Each layer is


characterized by a certain cell type.

 Depending on the dimension type, the BSC is able to trigger some specific
"microcell" emergency handovers in order to save the call.

Available Emergency HO causes


Serving Cell
Dimension Type Standard Micro
Type
(2,3,4,5,6) (7,17,18)
Single Macro YES NO
Umbrella Macro YES NO
Mini Macro YES NO
Micro Micro YES YES
Indoor Micro YES YES

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 99
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Emergency Handovers: Introduction [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 100

 Recommended strategies :
 An MS is located in a micro or an indoor cell
 During an emergency HO, the MS is directed preferably towards an upper
or a single cell
umbrella single

in µ

 An MS is located in a mini cell


 During an emergency HO, the MS is directed preferably towards
neighboring mini cells
umbrella

mini mini

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 100
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Emergency Handovers Specific to Microcells
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 101

 Emergency handovers specific to microcells


 cause 7 : consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell
 cause 17 : too low level on the uplink in a microcell compared to a high
threshold
 cause 18 : too low level on the downlink in a microcell compared to a high
threshold

 May be triggered
 From microcells only (cell_dimension_type = micro)
 Outdoor microcell (micro layer)
 Indoor microcell (indoor layer)
 Towards any cell except the serving one

 Note : If the MS in inner zone of a multi-band cell, the serving cell is a


candidate

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 101
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Microcell Emergency Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 102

 CAUSE 7: consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell

Last
Last N_BAD_SACCH
N_BAD_SACCH frames
frames received
received are
are not
not correct
correct
and
and EN_MCHO_RESCUE
EN_MCHO_RESCUE == ENABLE
ENABLE

 N_BAD_SACCH
 Rule : "Radio Link Recovery shall be triggered before the handover"
 N_BAD_SACCH > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M

 Default values:
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS = 18 SACCH
N_BSTPWR_M = 15 SACCH
 N_BAD_SACCH = 4 SACCH

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 102
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Microcell Emergency Handovers [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 103

 CAUSE 17: too low level on the UL in a microcell compared to a high


threshold

AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i)
AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i) ≤≤ U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
and
and AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i-1)
AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i-1) >> U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
and
and EN_MCHO_H_UL
EN_MCHO_H_UL == ENABLE
ENABLE

 Averaging window: A_LEV_MCHO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 103
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Microcell Emergency Handovers [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 104

 CAUSE 18: too low level on the DL in a microcell compared to a high


threshold

AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i)
AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i) ≤≤ U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
and
and AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i-1)
AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i-1) >> U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
and
and EN_MCHO_H_DL
EN_MCHO_H_DL == ENABLE
ENABLE

 Averaging window: A_LEV_MCHO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 104
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 105

 High threshold (U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO)


 the HO is triggered when the signal drops under the threshold
 the corresponding HO causes consist in comparing, at 2 successive SACCH
periods, the DL and UL levels in the serving microcell with a high threshold

AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO

HO alarm no HO alarm

High High
Threshold Threshold

t t
i-1 i i-1 i

 Beginning a call under the threshold does not trigger an HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 105
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 106

 High threshold (U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO)

 With high value, mobiles will be sent too early to the macro layer

 With low value, mobiles turning at a street corner will be maintained in


the microcell layer during a longer period

 Problems for MS's with a signal strength level close to the high threshold :
due to fading, multiple handovers can be triggered during a call:

MS in Indoor cell : decrease in RXLEV leads to emergency HO  Umbrella


MS in Umbrella : RXLEV of indoor cell becomes good again, capture HO  Indoor
… and so on.

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 106
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 107

 U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO compared to L_RXLEV_XX_H


 Default settings recommends a +2dB gap :
 for DL:
 L_RXLEV_DL_H = -93 dBm
 U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -91 dBm
 for UL:
 L_RXLEV_UL_H = -95 (M2M), -98 (M4M), -102 (Evolium) dBm
 U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO = -93 (M2M), -96 (M4M), -100 (Evolium) dBm
 Averaging:

 A_LEV_MCHO : 10 SACCH
 A_LEV_HO : 4 (dense urband) ~ 6 (urban) SACCH

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

A_LEV_MCHO
 The averaging window size shouldn’t be too small in order to:
 avoid triggering too easily an HO on fading and overloading needlessly the macrocell
 favor as much as possible between 2 micro cells PBGT HO
 Typical value: 10 SACCHs
 The high threshold is used to modelize a slow decrease of the signal level at microcell border
 Really urgent handovers will be triggered using the Low Threshold (cause 3 & 5) with a short averaging
window size

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 107
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 17 & 18: Default Strategy
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 108

 Default strategy : U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO > L_RXLEV_XX_H


AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO

µHO alarm
High Threshold
Based on 10-SACCH sliding averages
Standard Threshold Goal : detect slow degradation

t
i-1 i
AV_RXLEV_XX_HO

Std HO alarm
High Threshold
Standard Threshold
Based on 4-SACCH sliding averages
t Goal : detect quick drops in level

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 108
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 17 & 18: Alternative Strategy
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 109

 Alternative strategy : U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO < L_RXLEV_XX_H


AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO

µHO alarm
Based on 4-SACCH sliding averages
Standard Threshold Goal : detect corner street effects

High Threshold t
i-1 i
AV_RXLEV_XX_HO

Std HO alarm

Standard Threshold
Based on 10-SACCH sliding averages
High Threshold t Goal : detect MS slowly exiting the cell
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Alternative strategy offers a different approach :


The "high" treshold U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO is not "high" anymore. Use this threshold as "emergency" exit from a
microcell, when the MS turns around a street corner.
The standard threshold should be used as a standard exit from microcell : don't forget that HO cause 12 towards
another cell in the same layer might not always be possible. In this case, the only way to exit a micro cell or an
indoor cell is to perform an emergency HO !
Therefore it is necessary to use one dedicated emergency HO as a "safe exit" HO, to keep a good RXLEV while
performing a HO towards another layer.

Example :
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO =-92dBm
L_RXLEV_DL_H = -83dBm
A_LEV_MCHO : 4 SACCH
A_LEV_HO : 10 SACCH
EN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLE

In Uplink, default values can be kept for the standard emergency HO, and EN_MCHO_H_UL = DISABLE (exit
performed with DL is enough)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 109
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 110

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms


for MBML Networks

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 110
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 111

 Capture handover
 Improved in B7 (indoor & anti ping-pong)
 Send traffic in lower layers, even though the call is
fine in upper layers

umbrella UPPER
 May be triggered
 From upper layer cells
 Towards lower or indoor layer cells

 From lower layer cells mini micro LOWER


 Towards indoor layer cells

 Note : It can be triggered between different


frequency bands or not indoor INDOOR

 PREFERRED_BAND = None / DCS / GSM (BSC


parameter)
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 111
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 112

 In order to keep dual band MSs in the preferred band


 Cause 14 is not checked if
 serving cell or zone is "preferred band" AND target cell is "non preferred"
 AND EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = DISABLED

CELL_BAND_TYPE = Preferred_band

CELL_LAYER_TYPE =
upper

CELL_LAYER_TYPE =
lower or indoor

EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLED EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLED


CELL_BAND_TYPE = CELL_BAND_TYPE(0) CELL_BAND_TYPE  Preferred_band

CELL_BAND_TYPE ≠ Preferred_band CELL_BAND_TYPE = Preferred_band

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) should be disabled in the TARGET cell in order to prevent cause 14.
Definition : Enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred-band into a classical
band cell.

Beware : it is also used in cause 24 (general capture)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 112
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 113

 If cell_layer_type (0) = upper


umbrella

mini micro indoor

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) >> L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
and
and MS_SPEED
MS_SPEED == SLOW
SLOW
and
and EN_MCHO_NCELL
EN_MCHO_NCELL == ENABLED
ENABLED

 Averaging window: A_PBGT_HO


 Anti ping-pong: not checked if T_INHIBIT_CPT is running

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 113
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 114

 If cell_layer_type (0) = lower


mini micro

indoor

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) >> L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
and
and MS_SPEED
MS_SPEED ≠≠ FAST
FAST
and
and EN_MCHO_NCELL
EN_MCHO_NCELL == ENABLED
ENABLED

 Averaging window: A_PBGT_HO


 Anti ping-pong: not checked if T_INHIBIT_CPT is running

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

MS_SPEED different than fast, because at call setup, the MS SPEED is set to indefinite. It cannot be set to "SLOW".
A "SLOW" MS might be a MS that came from an umbrella previously.
Therefore, in a mini cell, a MS with MS SPEED = indefinite should be able to be sent to an indoor cell.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 114
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 115

 Only available for UPPER layers (umbrella cells)

 Speed discrimination objectives :


 Maximize capacity (maximum traffic in lower/indoor cells)
 While optimizing quality (minimize the number of handovers)

 Smart speed discrimination :


1. If the load of umbrella is too high  reduce the time a MS can stay in the
umbrella
2. If the load of umbrella is low  increase the time a MS can stay in the
umbrella
3. If the MS speed is fast in lower/indoor cells  it is sent to the umbrella
cell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Benefits of the smart speed discrimination :


Case 1 : The umbrella cell is kept "less loaded" in order to accept incoming handovers and call setups (most of
call setups will be done on the umbrella cells, because of the better coverage). The extra-capacity of
lower/indoor cells is fully used.

Case 2 : No HO is performed in this case, because the umbrella has room to keep the calls. It is interesting to
avoid handovers, because less HO during a call  better voice quality.

Case 3 : a fast moving user should stay in upper layers, in order to avoid performing too many HO (increase the
risk of call drops, especially in lower layers)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 115
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 116

 Interlayer HO are based on speed discrimination

Upper layer

Cause12 Cause14
MS_speed = FAST MS_speed = SLOW Cause12
MS_speed = FAST
Lower layer

Cause14
MS_speed = SLOW or INDEFINITE

Indoor layer

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 116
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 117

 MS speed in umbrella cells :


 Speed estimation based on the consecutive time the same lower/indoor
cell is received as a neigbour by the MS

Upper layer

C_DWELL(1) 
C_DWELL(2)

Lower layer
Cell 1 Lower layer
Cell 2

 If for one neighboring cell n, C_DWELL(n) ≥ 2 x MIN_DWELL_TIME


 MS_SPEED is set to SLOW

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

To dwell : to reside
 If this dwell time exceeds MIN_DWELL_TIME, the MS is slow and is sent to the lower/indoor cell
 C_DWELL(n) is a counter measuring the number of SACCH periods of monitoring neighbour cell n over the
threshold L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
 There is one C_DWELL() per neighbour cell
 MIN_DWELL_TIME is a variable linked to the load of the serving umbrella cell

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 117
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 118

 Initialization of C_DWELL(n) in serving umbrella cell :

 if EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLE
 C_DWELL(n) = 0
 MSs will handover to the lower/indoor layer after MIN_DWELL_TIME seconds

 if EN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLE
 C_DWELL(n) = 2 x (MIN_DWELL_TIME - L_MIN_DWELL_TIME)
 MSs will handover to the lower/indoor layer after L_MIN_DWELL_TIME seconds

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

MIN_DWELL_TIME is not a parameter ! It is a variable computed by BSC : it varies, depending on the umbrella
traffic load.

Default : EN_SPEED_DISC = Disable

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 118
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 119

 Example with default values (EN_SPEED_DISC = disable)


 Initialization values
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 20s (= MIN_DWELL_TIME at initialization)
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 8s
C_DWELL(n) = 2 x (MIN_DWELL_TIME - L_MIN_DWELL_TIME)
= 2 x (20 - 8) = 24 SACCH (= 12 seconds)
 Algorithm
MS is deemed as slow if C_DWELL(n) > 2 x MIN_DWELL_TIME
C_DWELL(n) starts at 24, and is increased by 1 when RXLEV_NCELL(n) >
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

C_DWELL : EN_SPEED_DISC = Enable


: EN_SPEED_DISC = Disable
C_DWELL MIN_DWELL_TIME

0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
Maximum time to reach
MIN_DWELL_TIME
=
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME

INDEFINITE or FAST SLOW

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

MIN_DWELL_TIME is in seconds, whereas C_DWELL is in SACCH. This is the reason why MIN_DWELL_TIME is
multiplied by 2.
1 SACCH = 480ms (approx. 0.5s)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 119
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 120

 Traffic regulation through the variation of MIN_DWELL_TIME


AV_Load umbrella

H_LOAD_OBJ
Default values
dependent on
the number of
TRXs
L_LOAD_OBJ
End of BH
decreasing traffic

End of day Start of day


low traffic low traffic

DWELL_TIME_STEP
2s
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
8s H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
20 s

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

What are the values of MIN_DWELL_TIME during the day ?

Summary of parameters that controls the speed discrimination in the umbrella cells:
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME, L_MIN_DWELL_TIME, DWELL_TIME_STEP, H_LOAD_OBJ, L_LOAD_OBJ

If AV_Load > H_LOAD_OBJ


MIN_DWELL_TIME = MIN_DWELL_TIME – DWELL_TIME_STEP (as long as higher than L min dwell time)

If AV_Load < L_LOAD_OBJ


MIN_DWELL_TIME = MIN_DWELL_TIME + DWELL_TIME_STEP (as long as smaller than H min dwell time)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 120
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 24: General Capture
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 121

 Capture Handover
 Improved in B7 (anti ping-pong)

Serving cell MS in inner zone


Possible Neighbours
Band Type of a multiband cell
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = ENABLE
Preferred band
Or CELL_BAND_TYPE(n) = PREFERRED_BAND
NO
Not preferred band Any cell

EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = ENABLE
Preferred band
Or CELL_BAND_TYPE(n)  CELL_BAND_TYPE(0)
YES
Not preferred band Any cell

 Can be used to capture traffic by any cell, whatever its type, band, etc.
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The target cell can not be the serving cell

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 121
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 24: General Capture [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 122

 In order to keep dual band MS in the preferred band, cause 24 is not


checked when EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = DISABLED, from preferred cell to
classical cell.
CELL_BAND_TYPE  Preferred_band
CELL_BAND_TYPE = Preferred_band

EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLED EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLED


CELL_BAND_TYPE = CELL_BAND_TYPE(0) CELL_BAND_TYPE  Preferred_band

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 122
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 24: General Capture [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 123

 CAUSE 24: general capture

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) >>
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) ++ max
max (0,
(0, [MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)
[MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) -- P])
P])

and
and Traffic_load(0)
Traffic_load(0) == CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

and
and Traffic_load(n)  HIGH
Traffic_load(n) HIGH

and
and EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO
EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO == ENABLED
ENABLED

 Size of window for averaging level: A_PBGT_HO


 CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION can take 3 values: ANY_LOAD (default),
HIGH, NOT_LOW
 Anti ping-pong: not checked when T_INHIBIT_CPT is running

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 123
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 124

 Input settings for the next slide


 EN_MCHO_NCELL(source) = ENABLED
 L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(source, target) = -85 dBm

 Is cause 14 triggered in each of the following


cases ?
 See next slide

Time allowed: 5 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 124
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 125

Inputs Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5 Case 6 Case 7 Case 8

Multiband Multiband
Type Single Umbrella Umbrella Umbrella Micro Mini
Umbrella Umbrella

Band 900 900 900 1800 900 900 900 900


Source
Zone --- --- --- --- Outer Inner --- ---

MS Speed Slow Slow Slow Slow Slow Slow Indefinite Fast

Rx_Lev(0) -84 dBm -60 dBm -90 dBm -90 dBm -90 dBm -90 dBm -60 dBm -90 dBm

Type Micro Micro Mini Mini Mini Mini Indoor Indoor

Band 900 900 1800 900 1800 1800 900 1800


Target
En Biband
Enable Enable Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable Disable
MS
Rx_Lev(n) -84 dBm -80 dBm -80 dBm -80 dBm -80 dBm -80 dBm -70 dBm -80 dBm

Cause 14 ?

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 125
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 126

 Speed discrimination

 What is the role of parameter EN_SPEED_DISC?

 If EN_SPEED_DISC is disabled, can slow MSs in


Umbrellas be captured with cause (14) towards
Mini/Micro/Indoor?

 What is the difference between EN_SPEED_DISC =


DISABLED and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED when
L_LOAD_OBJ = 0% and H_LOAD_OBJ = 100%?

Time allowed: 5 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 126
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 21: Preferred Band
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 127

 Capture handover
 Improved in B7 (anti ping-pong)
 Send traffic in preferred cells, even though the
call is fine in classical cells

Cell 900
 May be triggered
 From Classical band cells
 Towards Preferred Band cells

Cell Cell 1800

 Note : It can be triggered between


different layers or not

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 127
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 21: Preferred Band [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 128

 Cause 21: high level in the neighboring cell in the preferred band

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) >> L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
and
and TRAFFIC_LOAD(0)
TRAFFIC_LOAD(0) == MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
and
and TRAFFIC_LOAD(n)
TRAFFIC_LOAD(n) ≠≠ HIGH
HIGH
and
and EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO
EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO == ENABLE
ENABLE

 Averaging window: A_PBGT_HO


 MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION can take 3 values: ANY_LOAD (default),
HIGH, NOT_LOW
 Anti ping-pong: not checked when T_INHIBIT_CPT is running

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 128
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 129

 Use of cause 21 or 14?


 Considering the following network

Umbrella 900

Mini 1800

 Which cause has to be used for capture? 14 or 21?

 Highlight one complexity linked to causes 14 and 21


interworking when using traffic discrimination

Time allowed: 5 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 129
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Capture handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 130

 Tuning of L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

 Recommended range of investigation: from -65dBm to -85dBm


 Propose a method to define the initial setting

 Propose a method to tune this value

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 130
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Capture handovers [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 131

 Tuning of MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION and


CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

 Recommended setting: ANY_LOAD

 If HIGH or NOT_LOW:
 Capture to the preferred cell is limited to the loaded hours
 This choice is sensible: during unloaded hours, the non-preferred cells
provide a good coverage, with little interference.

 The following parameters will impact the computation of traffic_load :


 Avg windows: TCH_INFO_PERIOD, A_TRAFFIC_LOAD, N_TRAFFIC_LOAD
 Thresholds: LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD, IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD,
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 131
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Capture handovers [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 132

 Inhibition of capture handovers

Cell A
2
T_INHIBIT_CPT_HO

1
The MS experiences a poor RXQUAL, and
3 1 a HO due to quality is triggered (causes
O
O

TH
LH

2, 4 or 7)
CP
A

CPT H
QU

During T_INHIBIT_CPT_HO, a capture


2 HO towards cell B is inhibited for this

O
call.
A capture HO to another cell is not
3 possible during this time
Cell B

Cell C
Refer to comments for
further details
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

In this example, T_INHIBIT_CPT_HO is started only if either:


Cell A is UPPER or SINGLE and Cell B is LOWER or INDOOR,
or Cell A is LOWER and Cell B is INDOOR,
or Cell A is in a different frequency band than Cell B
Note : The cause 24 between two cells with same frequency band and same layer cannot be inhibited !!

A "handover due to quality" can be :


 Cause 2, 4 or 7: ULQ, DLQ or Bad SACCH
 OR external HO with A interface cause Uplink Quality or Downlink Quality

Generally the T_INHIBIT_CPT is set to a high value, such as 60s.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 132
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 133

 Input settings for the next slide


 EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO(0) = ENABLED
 L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) = -85 dBm
 MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION = NOT_LOW

 Is cause 21 triggered in each of the following cases ?


 See next slide

Time allowed:
10 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 133
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 134

Inputs Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5 Case 6 Case 7 Case 8

Multiband Multiband Multiband


Type Single Micro Single Single Single
Single Upper Upper

Band 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900


Source
Zone --- --- --- Outer Inner Outer --- ---

Traffic(0) IND IND HIGH IND IND HIGH LOW HIGH

Rx_Lev(0) -84 dBm -60 dBm -95 dBm -84 dBm -84 dBm -90 dBm -80 dBm -80 dBm

Multiband
Type Single Single Mini Single Single Single Single
Upper

Target Band 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 900 1800 1800

Traffic(n) IND IND LOW IND IND LOW IND HIGH

Rx_Lev(n) -84 dBm -80 dBm -86 dBm -80 dBm -80 dBm -80 dBm -70 dBm -70 dBm

Cause 21 ?

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 134
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 135

 In a multiband network,
 How can you ensure capture will be performed from
900 cell towards 1800 cell, until 80% traffic load is
achieved in the 1800 cell ?
 Parameters ?
 Settings ?

 Once this load is exceeded,


 What happens ?
 Will the 1800 cell accept more traffic ?
 What are the other possibilities of incoming traffic ?

Time allowed:
10 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 135
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 136

9 Multiband Cells

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 136
9 Multiband Cells
Introduction
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 137

 When changing a cell from "normal" to "concentric", 3 more handovers


are available !

 Those are only INTRA-CELL handovers


 Cause 13 : entry in inner zone, from outer zone
 Causes 10 & 11 : exit to outer zone, from inner zone

outer

inner cause 13

cause 10/11

Cell A
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The activation of causes 10 and 11 is automatic, as soon as a cell type is defined as "CONCENTRIC"
The activation of cause 13 is controlled by EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO.

The parameters HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED and EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED have no impact on those handovers, they
are used only for causes 15 & 16 (interference) and 25 & 26 (AMR).

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 137
9 Multiband Cells
Introduction [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 138

 Setting these 3 handover causes is simple


1. Work with downlink thresholds first
2. Propose an entry treshold, i.e. -75dBm
 MS enters in the inner zone only if the expected received level in the
inner zone is above -75dBm
3. Propose an exit threshold, i.e. -83dBm
 MS exits the inner zone if the received level is less than -83dBm

outer

inner
-75dBm

-83dBm

Cell A
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 138
9 Multiband Cells
Introduction [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 139

4. Compute the entry threshold as measured from the outer zone


 Due to 10dB propagation loss, it should be -65dBm
5. Compute the difference between
 the entry threshold from outer zone (-65dBm)
 the exit threshold (-83dBm)

Only these two values


outer are needed in order to
-65dBm tune a concentric cell
inner
-75dBm
18dB

-83dBm

Cell A
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 139
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 10: Low uplink level in inner zone
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 140

 CAUSE 10: too low level on the uplink in inner zone

AV_RXLEV_UL_HO
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO << RXLEV_UL_ZONE
RXLEV_UL_ZONE

and
and MS_TXPWR
MS_TXPWR == min
min (P,
(P, MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

 Averaging window: A_LEV_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 140
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 11: Low downlink level in inner zone
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 141

 CAUSE 11: too low level on the downlink in inner zone

AV_RXLEV_DL_HO
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO << RXLEV_DL_ZONE
RXLEV_DL_ZONE

and
and BS_TXPWR
BS_TXPWR == BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER

 Averaging window: A_LEV_HO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 141
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 142

 CAUSE 13: too high level on the UL and the DL in the outer zone

AV_RXLEV_DL_HO
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO>>RXLEV_DL_ZONE
RXLEV_DL_ZONE++ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
++(BS_TXPWR
(BS_TXPWR--BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
++PING_PONG_MARGIN(0,
PING_PONG_MARGIN(0,call_ref)
call_ref)
And
And AV_RXLEV_UL_HO
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO>>RXLEV_UL_ZONE
RXLEV_UL_ZONE++ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
++(MS_TXPWR
(MS_TXPWR--MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
++PING_PONG_MARGIN(0,
PING_PONG_MARGIN(0,call_ref)
call_ref)

And
And AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n)≤≤ NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)

And
And EN_CAUSE_13
EN_CAUSE_13==ENABLE
ENABLE

 Averaging windows: A_LEV_HO


and A_PBGT_HO (for AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS)
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 142
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 143

 ZONE_HO_HYST_DL and ZONE_HO_HYST_UL

 Differences between "entry threshold" and "exit threshold"


 They must be greater than the propagation loss, by at least a certain
hysteresis

Recommended
Recommendedvalues
values

ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL==12dB
12dB……16dB
16dB
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL==9dB
9dB……13dB
13dB

 There are 3dB difference between UL and DL, due to the value
"MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER" = 3dB
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 143
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 144

 PING_PONG_MARGIN(0,call_ref) = penalty of PING_PONG_HCP during


T_HCP only if

 MS is coming from the inner zone to the outer zone with an interzone
handover

 In all other cases, PING_PONG_MARGIN(0,call_ref) = 0

outer
inner

MS in the 1800 inner zone of a cell can perform an emergency
"intercell" HO towards the outer zone. In this case, the penalty
is not applied.
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 144
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 145

 NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
 Avoid sending a MS in the inner zone if a neighbour cell is too strong
 Tuning depends on frequency planning
 By default, NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) = -47dBm

 When inner zone frequency planning is very tight (i.e. reuse cluster = 3)

B E
In this example, the inner zone of cell C_3 can be
interfered locally by the inner zone of cell B_2
C_2 by E_3
A C F …

Therefore, to avoid degraded situations:


NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(C_3, B_2) = -70dBm
D NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(C_2, E_3) = -70dBm
G

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Practically, an inner zone reuse cluster between 4 and 7 is more realistc. With a large reuse cluster, this
parameter is not useful anymore.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 145
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 146

 EN_CAUSE_13: Traffic Load balancing


 MS will not be sent in the inner zone if the inner zone is more loaded than
the outer zone
 Depends on EN_LOAD_BALANCE & current load in each zone

 EN_LOAD_BALANCE = ENABLE
 Outer zone more loaded (Load_sample_inner ≤ Load_sample_outer)
 EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE
 Inner zone more loaded (Load_sample_inner > Load_sample_outer)
 EN_CAUSE_13 = DISABLE

 EN_LOAD_BALANCE = DISABLE
 EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

LOAD_SAMPLE_INNER: Ratio of TCH occupancy in the inner zone:


LOAD_SAMPLE_INNER = (NB_USED_TS_INNER / NB_TS_INNER) * 100

LOAD_SAMPLE_OUTER: Ratio of TCH occupancy in the outer zone:


LOAD_SAMPLE_OUTER = (NB_USED_TS_OUTER / NB_TS_OUTER) * 100

A load sample is computed every TCH_INFO_PERDIO (= 5s.), it is an actual snapshot of the load of the cell.
The reactivity of this condition is very fast.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 146
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 147

 RXLEV_UL_ZONE : Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.


From -110dBm to -47dBm. [-86 dBm]
 RXLEV_DL_ZONE : Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.
From -110dBm to -47dBm. [-76 dBm]

 ZONE_HO_HYST_UL: Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner


zone handover. From -40dB to +40dB. [13 dB]
 ZONE_HO_HYS_DL: Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner
zone handover. From -40dB to +40dB. [16 dB]

 MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER: MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner


zone of a concentric or multiband cell. From 5dBm to 43dBm. [30 or 33 dB]
 BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) : This parameter defines the power reduction relative
to the maximum GMSK output power of the TRX of the inner zone in a
concentric or multi-band cell. From -30dB to 0dB. [0dB]

 NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) : Threshold of maximum received level from the


neighbour cells for cause 13. From -110dBm to -47dBm. [-47dBm]
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

RXLEV_UL_ZONE and RXLEV_DL_ZONE are usually separated by 10dB, because (if path balance = 0)
UL_RXLEV = DL_RXLEV – 10dB
ie: MS receives a DL signal at -80dBm => BTS receives an UL signal at -90dBm

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 147
9 Multiband Cells
Call Setup
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 148

1. Radio Link Establishment Phase


2. SDCCH Phase
3. TCH Assignment Phase
In which zone will the TCH be allocated?

OUTE INNER ?
R ?

 The TCH is allocated in the inner zone if :


 UL and DL RxLev in outer zone are satisfying
 BSC can allocate a TCH in inner zone
 MS is multiband
 Otherwise, TCH is allocated in the outer zone

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The cell's RXLEV is the one being measured by the MS while performing SDCCH phase and TCH Assignment phase.
Therefore, it is measuring only the outer zone RXLEV !!

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 148
9 Multiband Cells
Call Setup [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 149

 The choice of inner or outer TCH is based on :

IFIF

AV_RXLEV_UL_HO
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO>>RXLEV_UL_ZONE
RXLEV_UL_ZONE++ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
++(MS_TXPWR
(MS_TXPWR--MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

And
And AV_RXLEV_DL_HO
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO>>RXLEV_DL_ZONE
RXLEV_DL_ZONE++ZONE_HO_HYS_DL
ZONE_HO_HYS_DL
++(BS_TXPWR
(BS_TXPWR--BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

And
And AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n)≤≤ NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)

And
And EN_CAUSE_13
EN_CAUSE_13==ENABLE
ENABLE

THEN
THEN::The
TheTCH
TCHisisallocated
allocatedininthe
theINNER
INNERzone
zone

ELSE
ELSE::The
TheTCH
TCHisisallocated
allocatedininthe
theOUTER
OUTERzone
zone

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 33 – 30 = 3dB


To take into account the limitation of MS POWER at 30dBm in UL in the inner zone.

Averaging Windows : A_LEV_HO for AV_RXLEV_UL_HO , AV_RXLEV_DL_HO


A_PBGT_HO(n) for AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n)

If less measurements done than the averaging windows, the averaging is done on the available measurements (no
filling up with "-110dBm"). It allows a fast decision (the MS is not in the queue ! The call setup shall be
performed as quickly as possible)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 149
9 Multiband Cells
Outgoing intercell HO
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 150

 What are the possible outgoing handovers from the inner zone ?
 Emergency ? YES
 Better conditions ? YES

 Only 2 parameters have an influence


 EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)
 EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(0) GSM900

outer
inner DCS1800

outer
serving cell inner

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO : Enable/disable the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers
Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands
Recommended value: Enable
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) : Enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred-band into a
classical band cell, in cause 14 and cause 24
Recommended value: Enable

From inner zone of a multiband cell, if both parameters are set to enable, all outgoing HO's are possible
If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Disable, cause 12 only possible to other multiband concentric cells (very
restrictive !)
If EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = Disable, cause 14 and cause 24 only possible towards cells with same frequency band as
the inner zone (i.e. DCS1800 cells)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 150
9 Multiband Cells
HO Cause 12
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 151

 If the MS in inner zone of a concentric cell, the PBGT equation is


modified :

PBGT(n)
PBGT(n) == AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) -- AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO
AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO
-- (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
(BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER –– AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)
AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)
-- (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)
(MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) –– MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
-- PING_PONG_MARGIN(n,
PING_PONG_MARGIN(n, call_ref)
call_ref)

Cell 1 1800 900 900 1800 Cell 2

RxLev on TCH = -79dBm RxLev of BCCH = -70dBm

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The parameter HO_MARGIN(cell 1, cell 2) is set to 5 dB


If RxLev(cell 2) = -70 dBm, PBGT(cell 2) = +6 dB
 Cause 12 is triggered, the MS is sent in the outer zone of cell 2, with RxLev(cell 2) = -70 dBm.Let's assume that
the "outerinner" HO is triggered: the MS enters the inner zone of cell 2.

The received level of cell 1 is NOT -79 dBm (this was the level of the inner TCH).
Field results show that a 900 BCCH will be received roughly at -79+10=-69 dBm.

The received level of cell 2 is NOT -70dBm (that was the RXLEV of the outer zone). In the inner zone, the RXLEV =
-70dBm – 10dBm = -80dBm.
PBGT(cell 1) = (-69+80)-3 = +8dB  PBGT HO is triggered from cell 2 to cell 1!!

In fact, cause 12 HO cell 1  cell 2 should NOT have been triggered in the first place.

A solution is to be found in tuning OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER used in cause 12 equation. See next slide.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 151
9 Multiband Cells
HO Cause 12 [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 152

 What is happening in this situation ?


 How to fix the problem ?

Cell 1 1800 900 900 1800 Cell 2


Serving Target

RxLev on TCH = -75 dBm RxLev of BCCH = -66 dBm

 HO_MARGIN(1,2) = 5dB and HO_MARGIN(2,1) = 5dB


 OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER= 0dB
 Inner zone entry threshold DL = -70dBm 10 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Inner zone entry threshold DL is a combination of 2 parameters :


RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
(cf. § HO cause 13)

To fix the problem : find the OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER that would lead to leave the inner zone only for a
neighbour that is 5dB greater than the outer zone. This tends to reproduce a standard behaviour.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 152
9 Multiband Cells
HO Cause 12 [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 153

 If the MS in inner zone of a concentric cell :

 HO cause 12 is detected if :

PBGT(n)
PBGT(n) >> HO_MARGIN(0,n)
HO_MARGIN(0,n) ++ OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER

 OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is used to compensate the difference of


propagation between inner and outer zones (carrying BCCH)
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 0dB [monoband concentric cell]
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 7 … 12dB [multiband concentric cell, with
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 0]

 Warning : The OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is used regardless of the


frequency band of the target cell !
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

In monoband CC cells, it is most of the time compensated by MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER

If BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER is reduced compared to BS_TXPWR_MAX, MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER may be reduced in


the same manner. Therefore the PBGT equation is already taken the compensation into account. No need for
the OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 153
9 Multiband Cells
Incoming intercell HO
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 154

 Is an incoming handover directly to the inner zone possible ?


 Emergency ? YES
 Better conditions ? YES

GSM900

outer
DCS1800 inner

outer target cell


inner

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO : Enable/disable the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers
Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) : Enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred-band into a
classical band cell, in cause 14 and cause 24

Towards inner zone of a multiband cell, if both parameters are set to enable, all incoming HO's are possible
If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Disable, cause 12 only possible from other multiband concentric cells or from cells
with same BCCH freq band as the MB cell (i.e. GSM900)
If EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = Disable, cause 14 and cause 24 only possible from cells with different BCCH freq band as
the MB cell (i.e. DCS1800)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 154
9 Multiband Cells
Incoming intercell HO [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 155

 It can be done if
 TCH available in the inner zone
 MS is dual-band
 Serving cell is internal (same BSC)
 The following conditions are verified:

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n)
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n)>>RXLEV_DL_ZONE
RXLEV_DL_ZONE++ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
++(BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
(BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

And
AndEN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO==ENABLE
ENABLE
And
AndEN_CAUSE_13
EN_CAUSE_13==ENABLE
ENABLE

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 155
9 Multiband Cells
Intracell Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 156

 Interference: Causes 15 & 16


 MS in the inner zone, all TRX's are candidate
 MS in the outer zone, only outer TRX's are candidate
 Note: the serving TRX can never be a candidate

 For other intracell handovers, the MS will stay in the same zone as
before (TFO, AMR, return to CS zone)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 156
9 Multiband Cells
Limitations
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 157

 Power Control
 Same target levels are used for the inner zone and the outer zone, based on:
 L_RXLEV_DL_P & U_RXLEV_DL_P (resp. UL)
 L_RXQUAL_DL_P & U_RXQUAL_DL_P (resp. UL)
 A_LEV_PC, A_QUAL_PC

 Packet Switched service and Voice Group Call service


 PDCH or VGCH timeslots can be allocated only in the outer zone

 Preemption of a MS in the inner zone is not possible

 External handovers are always sent in the outer zone of the target cell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 157
9 Multiband Cells
Additional Features
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 158

 Multiband cell secured TCH assignment [B8 MR7]


 Subsequent TCH allocation in outer zone, if previous attempt in the inner
zone failed
 Improved CSSR (TCH assignment failure due to radio is reduced)

 EN_LOAD_OUTER
 ENABLE [default]: all load computations (short, medium and long terms) are
based on the outer zone load only
 DISABLE: all load computations are based on the overall amount of timeslots
(inner + outer)
 Default: Enable, in order to compute the correct load for (E)GPRS PDCH
allocation

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Subsequent allocation of outer TCH is failure during assignment of an inner zone TCH :

RTCH_assign_fail_radio = MC746b
1/ incremented when a failure in inner zone is
followed by subsequent failure in outer zone
2/ not incremented when failure in inner zone is
followed by success in outer zone

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 158
9 Multiband Cells
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 159

 Accordingly to this RMS report (monoband cell), find the


initial settings for the planned urban multiband cell
 3 TRX in outer zone
 2 TRX in inner zone

Cumulated
Cumulated traffic
traffic per
per RxLevel
RxLevel
100%
100%
90%
90%
80%
80%
70%
70% OUTER
60%
60%
-67dBm
50%
50% Cumulated
Cumulated traffic
traffic
40%
40% distribution
distribution

30%
30%
20%
20%
10%
10% INNER
0%
0%
[-110,-
[-110,- ]-104,-97]
]-104,-97] ]-97,-91]
]-97,-91] ]-91,-85]
]-91,-85] ]-85,-79]
]-85,-79] ]-79,-72]
]-79,-72] ]-72,-66]
]-72,-66] ]-66,-60]
]-66,-60] ]-60,-53]
]-60,-53] ]-53,-47]
]-53,-47]
104]
104]
RxLevel
RxLevel (( dBm
dBm ))

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Additional inputs : In our urban environment, for 5 TRX, 4 SDCCH timeslots are needed.
The Erlang B law gives, at 2% blocking rate:
22 TCH ≈ 14.9 erlangs
21 TCH ≈ 14.0 erlangs
20 TCH ≈ 13.2 erlangs
19 TCH ≈ 12.3 erlangs
18 TCH ≈ 11.5 erlangs
17 TCH ≈ 10.6 erlangs
16 TCH ≈ 9.8 erlangs
15 TCH ≈ 9.0 erlangs
14 TCH ≈ 8.2 erlangs

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 159
9 Multiband Cells
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 160

 Multi-band cells parameters tuning

1800 900

 An important parameter to be tuned in a multi-band cell is


OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
 Takes into account the propagation difference between 900 and 1800
 Proposed values between 7dB to 12dB

 Using all available optimization tools (RNO, drive-tests, traces, …), propose
a method for tuning accurately this parameter

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 160
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 161

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 161
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
From HO Detection to Candidate Cell Evaluation
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 162

 As soon as an intercell HO alarm has been detected

BSC
BSC
Raw cell list
cell 1: cause C1
cell 2: cause C2
Handover cell 3: cause C3 Candidate

Cell
Detection Max 32 cells
Evaluation

PREF_LAYER

 HO Detection sends to Candidate Cell Evaluation


 the list of potential candidates (it depends on type of handover cause)
 the HO cause value
 the preferred layer for the target cell indicated by the variable
PREF_LAYER (it depends on the cell network architecture and on the
operator strategy)
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

For intracell handovers, the only target cell is the serving cell  the raw cell list and the candidate cell
evaluation processes are skipped.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 162
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 163

 Standard cell environment


 CELL_LAYER_TYPE = SINGLE
 Better condition HO cause

Raw cell list subset of cells verifying the current HO cause


PREF_LAYER upper + single

 Emergency HO cause

Raw cell list all neighboring cells*


PREF_LAYER upper + single

* if the MS is in the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell then it includes the
serving cell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

*: Serving cell is located at the end of the list, with the indication "OUTER"

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 163
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 164

 Hierarchical cell environment


 CELL_LAYER_TYPE = UPPER
 Better condition HO cause

Raw cell list subset of cells verifying the current HO cause


PREF_LAYER none

 Emergency HO cause

Raw cell list all neighboring cells*


PREF_LAYER upper + single

* if the MS is in the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell then it includes the
serving cell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

*: Serving cell is located at the end of the list, with the indication "OUTER"

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 164
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 165

 CELL_LAYER_TYPE = LOWER or INDOOR


 Better condition HO cause

MS_SPEED = FAST and MS_SPEED <> FAST or


There is a cell in the list because of cause 12 HO Cause <> 12
Subset of cells verifying the HO cause plus all Subset of cells verifying the HO
Raw cell list
neighboring umbrella cells with Traffic_Load(n) = LOW cause
PREF_LAYER Upper none

 Emergency HO cause

EN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED EN_RESCUE_UM = DISABLED EN_RESCUE_UM = indefinite

All neighboring cells * except umbrella cells which do not verify AV_Rxlev_Ncell(n) >
Raw cell list
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)

PREF_LAYER Upper + Single Lower + indoor none

* if the MS is in the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell then it includes the
serving cell
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

*: Serving cell is located at the end of the list, with the indication "OUTER"

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 165
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 166

 Emergency handovers from lower or indoor layers

 Standard parameter settings for minicells


 EN_RESCUE_UM = DISABLED
 Because a LOWER/INDOOR layer composed of MINI cells should offer good
coverage

 Standard parameter settings for microcells


 EN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED
 Because a LOWER/INDOOR layer composed of MICRO cells might not offer
continuous coverage
 Risk of choosing a neighbor cell from LOWER/INDOOR layer with poor coverage

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Depending on your network planning, these standard parameters can be further optimized.
EN_RESCUE_UM shall be set in the mini, micro or indoor cells. It cannot be set in umbrellas or single cells,
because it has no use in those cells.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 166
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Summary
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 167

 Fill up this table

BC HO
EM HO
(incl. FDR and Fast Traffic HO)

Raw cell list PREF_LAYER Raw cell list PREF_LAYER


subset of cells
Single Single All Upper + Single verifying the HO Upper + Single
causes
subset of cells
Umbrella Upper All Upper + Single verifying the HO None
causes

Mini/Micro Lower All, except umbrellas with subset of cells


Depends on
AV_Rxlev_Ncell(n) < verifying the HO None
EN_RESCUE_UM
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) causes
Indoor Indoor

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 167
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Evaluation Process
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 168

HO Detection
Measurement Measurement Raw cell list
result Preprocessing Preprocess Cause 2: uplink quality
measurement Max
Cause 3: uplink level Cell 1: cause C2
A_LEV_HO every SACCH
Cause 4: downlink quality Cell 2: cause C2
A_QUAL_HO
Cause 5: downlink level Cell 3: cause C2
A_PBGT_HO
Cause 6: distance Cell 4: cause C2
A_RANGE_HO
Cause 12: power budget Cell 5: cause C2
Performed every SACCH Cell 6: cause C2
Performed every SACCH Cell 7: cause C2
Cell 8: cause C2
... max 32 cells

HO Candidate Cells Evaluation

Pre-ranking PBGT filtering Cell evaluation process (Order or Grade)


HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)
Priority (0, n) = 0
Priority (0, n) = 0 Grade Order
Cell 2: cause C2
Cell 3: cause C2 Cell 2: cause C2
Cell 3: cause C2 Priority (0, n) = 0 Priority (0, n) = 0
Cell 4: cause C2 Cell 4: cause C2 Cell 4: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 1 Cell 4: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 1 Cell 2: cause C2 Cell 3: cause C2
Cell 1: cause C2 Cell 3: cause C2 Cell 2: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 2 Priority (0, n) = 2
Priority (0, n) = 3 Priority (0, n) = 1 Priority (0, n) = 1
Priority (0, n) = 3 Priority (0, n) = 2 Priority (0, n) = 2
Cell 5: cause C2 Cell 6: cause C2
Cell 8: cause C2 Priority (0, n) = 3 Priority (0, n) = 3
Cell 6: cause C2 Cell 6: cause C2 Cell 6: cause C2
Cell 7: cause C2 Priority (0, n) = 4
Priority (0, n) = 5 Cell 8: cause C2 Cell 8: cause C2
Cell 8: cause C2 Priority (0, n) = 4 Priority (0, n) = 4
Priority (0, n) = 4 Priority (0, n) = 5 Priority (0, n) = 5
Priority (0, n) = 5

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The HO candidate evaluation process is run after all intercell handover alarms.
In case of intra-cell handover alarm (HO causes 10, 11, 13, 15, 16), the candidate cell evaluation process is
skipped: the target cell is the serving cell.
The handover detection gives as indication the raw cell list (built from the book-keeping list) and the preferred
layer for the handover.In case of emergency handover alarms or cause 20 alarm, the cell evaluation will order the
cells given in the raw list, putting in the first position the cells belonging to the preferred layer, having the
highest priority (if EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING=ENABLED) and/or having the same frequency band type as the serving
cell. In case of an intercell handover alarm, if the serving cell belongs to the raw cell list (emergency handover
from the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell), this cell is put at the end of the candidate cell list with the
MS zone indication OUTER.
In case of better condition handover alarms (except cause 20), the cell evaluation will order the cells given in the
raw list, putting in the first position the cells belonging to the preferred layer and having the highest priority (if
EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING=ENABLED).

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 168
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Evaluation Process [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 169

 Case of MS in "MINI" cell, HO cause 2 detected :


Layer Type Priority Band Type Power Budget Filtering Cell Evaluation Process

= Serving Cell List 1 List 1


Cell 4 Cell 4 1. Cell 7
Priority(0,n) = 0
Cell 5 Cell 5 2. Cell 4
Cell 4 Cell 7 Cell 7 3. Cell 5
Cell 5 ≠ Serving Cell List 2 List 2
Preferred Layer Cell 7
Cell 1 NONE
Cell 4
Cell 5
= Serving Cell List 3 List 3
Cell 6
Raw cell list Cell 1 Cell 1 1. Cell 1
Cell 7 Priority(0,n) = 1
Cell11
Cell
Cell 1
Cell22
Cell Cell 6
Cell33
Cell ≠ Serving Cell List 4 List 4
Cell44
Cell
Cell55
Cell Cell 6
Cell66
Cell
Cell77
Cell
Cell88
Cell = Serving Cell List 5 List 5
Non Preferred Layer
Cell 2 Priority(0,n) = 0 Cell 2
Cell 3 Cell 2
Cell 8 Cell 3
≠ Serving Cell List 6 List 6
Cell 8
Cell 3
Cell 8

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 169
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Pre-Ranking in Complex Networks [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 170

 Pre-ranking in case of emergency HO, plus cause 20 and 28 :


Cell_band_type = serving cell
Priority(0,n) = 0
Cell_layer_type = Pref_layer Cell_band_type  serving cell
Priority(0,n) = 1

Raw cell list


Priority(0,n) = 5

Priority(0,n) = 0

Cell_layer_type  Pref_layer
Priority(0,n) = 1

Priority(0,n) = 5
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Cause 20 : Forced Directed Retry


Cause 28 : Fast Traffic Handover

Note : if the serving cell "Outer" is in the list (= MS in inner zone), then it is always located after the last sublist.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 170
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Pre-Ranking in Complex Networks [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 171

 Pre-ranking in case of better condition HO:

Priority(0,n) = 0
Cell_layer_type = Pref_layer
Priority(0,n) = 1

Raw cell list


Priority(0,n) = 5

Priority(0,n) = 0

Cell_layer_type  Pref_layer
Priority(0,n) = 1

Priority(0,n) = 5
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 171
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Pre-Ranking in Standard Networks
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 172

 With PRIORITY(0,n) settings


 One target cell can be favourized or penalized.
 From 0 (max) to 5 (min).
 It cannot supersede PREF_LAYER.

 Two main purposes:


 Favour 1800 cells, when exiting 900 cells.
 Direct traffic flow towards a certain neighbour.

 Safety belt:
 Favourite target would still be filtered out if its level is not good enough.

Candidate cell 1: RxLev: - 70 dBm, pbgt: + 10 dB


P1
Serving cell
P0
Candidate cell 2: Rxlev: - 90 dBm, PBGT: + 5dB

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

PRIORITY(0,n) can take 6 different values since B7, to take into account new indoor layers.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 172
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
PBGT Filtering
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 173

 PBGT filtering [B5 onwards]


 Enabled with EN_PBGT_FILTERING
 For Emergency HO and Fast Traffic HO only
 Filter out cells from the target list that do not fulfill:

PBGT(n)
PBGT(n)>>HO_MARGIN_QUAL
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)
(0,n) for
forcauses
causes2,
2,4,
4,77
or
or PBGT(n)
PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)
> HO_MARGIN_LEV (0,n) for
for causes 3, 5,17,
causes 3, 5, 17,18,
18,28
28
or
or PBGT(n)
PBGT(n)>>HO_MARGIN_DIST
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)
(0,n) for cause 6
for cause 6

 OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is only applied when the MS is in the inner


zone of a concentric or multi band cell
 The average window is A_PBGT_HO

PBGT(n)
PBGT(n)>>HO_MARGIN_XX
HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)
(0,n)++OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

HO_MARGIN_xx, with xx = LEV, DIST or QUAL accordingly to the HO Cause.


OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is not applied to the serving cell when it is in the target cell list.

Note: the average window used for this process is A_PBGT_HO (even for emergency handovers, where handover alarm could
have been raised through A_LEV_HO or A_QUAL_HO samples).
Beware: HO_MARGIN is used for handover detection (cause 12 or 23), HO_MARGIN_xx are used for candidate cell evaluation.

Let us see three examples:


 If HO_MARGIN_xx = 5 dB, risk that no target cell is found !
In that case, when an emergency handover is triggered (level, quality, distance, etc.), all neighboring cells are filtered
regarding their PBGT compared to 5 dB! By the way, if a cell that is not greater than the serving one + 5 dB will be filtered
out: this handover, detected as an emergency case, is in fact a better cell one.
 If HO_MARGIN_xx = -30 dB, risk of ping-pong emergency handovers
For example, all cells have L_RXLEV_DL_H = -97dBm. If Lev(cell1)=-98dBm, HO can be triggered to cell2 with level -99dBm
(-99>-98-30), and then, as -99<-97, HO is triggered back to cell1: ping-pong of emergency HO.
 HO_MARGIN_xx can be used to simulate PBGT HO (for example, usage of distance HO to simulate 900-1800 PBGT HO
before it was existing).
HO_MARGIN_DIST is very small (e.g., 2 on 1800). Thus, a Distance HO alarm is raised very early. If HO_MARGIN_DIST
(1800,900)= 8 dB, no HO will be in fact triggered before the level of the 900 neighboring cell is greater than the one of
1800 + 8 dB: this distance HO is in fact a PBGT HO between bands.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 173
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
PBGT Filtering [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 174

 Recommended values

Parameter Strategy Proposed values

A neighbor cell with a lower RxLev  MICRO/INDOOR : -127dB, with anti


can be a good candidate, but there is ping-pong mechanism
HO_MARGIN_QUAL
a risk of PBGT HO back to the serving
 Other cells : -5dB … +2dB
cell.

A neighbor cell with a lower RxLev


HO_MARGIN_LEV +2dB … +5dB
will also trigger an emergency HO

A neighbor cell with a lower RxLev  -127dB if mandatory HO, with anti
can be a good candidate, but there is ping-pong mechanism (*)
HO_MARGIN_DIST
a risk of PBGT HO back to the serving
cell.  +2dB if optional HO (*)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Mandatory Distance HO : i.e. if the MS goes beyond the U_TIME_ADVANCE = 64, the call will drop.
Optional Distance HO : i.e. if the MS goes beyond the U_TIME_ADVANCE, the call can still be kept until a better
neighbour is found.

Anti ping-pong mechanism : can be based on HO_MARGIN and/or T_INHIBIT_CPT.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 174
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Level Filtering
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 175

 For all HO causes, this last filter is used:

 Cell "n" is kept if:

AV_RXLEV_NCELL
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n)
(n)>> RXLEVmin
RXLEVmin(n)
(n)
++max [0;(MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)-P)]
max [0;(MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)-P)]

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 175
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Order Evaluation
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 176

 CELL_EV = ORDER
 For all HO causes, candidate "n" is ranked among others according to
the best ORDER:

 If EN_LOAD_ORDER = ENABLED and cell n is internal to the BSC

ORDER(n)
ORDER(n)== PBGT(n)
PBGT(n)++LINK_FACTOR(0,n)
LINK_FACTOR(0,n)--HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)
HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)
++[[FREEfactor(n)
FREEfactor(n) - FREEfactor(0)]]
- FREEfactor(0)

 LINK_FACTOR(0,n) is an operator parameter to give a bonus/penalty to a cell


 FREEfactor(0) and FREEfactor(n) are a bonus/penalty based on the absolute load
of the cell

 If EN_LOAD_ORDER = DISABLED or cell n is external to the BSC

ORDER(n)
ORDER(n) ==PBGT(n)
PBGT(n)++LINK_FACTOR(0,n)
LINK_FACTOR(0,n)--HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)
HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Two types of cell evaluation algorithms can be used: ORDER and GRADE.
ORDER and GRADE are two different methods of cell ranking. They both consist in giving a mark or ’figure of
merit’ to each candidate cell.
The basic differences between ORDER and GRADE are that:
 with ORDER:

 The candidate cell evaluation process interacts with the handover detection by use of cause dependent

handover margins.
 The candidate cell evaluation process takes into account the number of free TCH in the candidate cells.

 with GRADE,:

 The candidate cell evaluation process does not interact with the handover detection.

 The candidate cell evaluation process takes into account the relative load of traffic channels in the

candidate cells.
The type of cell evaluation is chosen by the operator on a (serving) cell basis and is provided to the BSC with the
parameter CELL_EV

HO_MARGIN_XX = HO_MARGIN in case of better cell HO causes, otherwise HO_MARGIN_xx, with xx = LEV, DIST or
QUAL accordingly to the HO Cause.

For any handover cause, the first cell in the list is taken as the target cell, i.e. the cell with the highest value of
ORDER(n). The cells do not need to fulfil any other condition.
If no cell fulfils the condition and the serving cell does not belong to the target cell list, the target cell list is
empty and no further action is carried out.

Note: the A_PBGT_HO average window is used for this process.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 176
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Grade Evaluation
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 177

 CELL_EV = GRADE [Recommended]


 For all HO causes, candidate "n" is ranked among others according to
the best GRADE:

 If EN_LOAD_ORDER = ENABLED and cell n is internal to the BSC

GRADE(n)
GRADE(n)== PBGT(n)
PBGT(n)++LINK_FACTOR(0,n)
LINK_FACTOR(0,n)––LOAD_FACTOR(n)
LOAD_FACTOR(n)

 LINK_FACTOR(0,n) is an operator parameter to give a bonus/penalty to a cell


 LOADfactor(n) is a bonus/penalty based on the relative load of the cell

 If EN_LOAD_ORDER = DISABLED or cell n is external to the BSC

GRADE(n)
GRADE(n) ==PBGT(n)
PBGT(n)++LINK_FACTOR(0,n)
LINK_FACTOR(0,n)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

LINKfactor(0,n) is a parameter set by OMC command for each cell(n).


LINKfactor(n1,n2) allows the operator to handicap or to favor the cell n1 with respect to its neighboring cell n2.
In particular, it can be used to disadvantage an external cell when an internal cell is also a possible candidate.

For any handover cause the first cell in the list is taken as the target cell, i.e. the cell with the highest value of
GRADE(n). If no cell fulfils the condition and the serving cell does not belong to the target cell list, the target
cell list is empty and no further action is carried out.

Note: the A_PBGT_HO average window is used for this process.

Note: an example summarizing all steps of candidate cell evaluation, in case of a multi-band network, can be
given here: MS on a 1800 cell, 3 possible neighboring cells (1*900 + 2*1800). P(1800,900)=1 and P(1800,1800)=0.
All HO_MARGIN_xx = 0 dB. PBGT:
 PBGT (900) = +5 (second cell seen in the book-keeping list)
 PBGT (1800_1) = -2 (first cell seen in the book-keeping list)
 PBGT (1800_2) = +2 (third cell seen in the book-keeping list)
Cell (1800_2) is chosen.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 177
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Forced Directed Retry is different !
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 178

 Pre-ranking
 using PREF_LAYER, PRIORITY(0,n), frequency band

 Filtering process
 AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) > RXLEVmin(n) + max(0,MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P)
 Number of free TCHs t(n) > FREElevel_DR(n)

 The remaining cells are sorted according to their PBGT_DR(n)


(averaging window A_PBGT_DR)
 PBGT_DR(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_DR
 (BS_TXPWR_MAX - BS_TXPWR)
 (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - MS_TXPWR_MAX)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

For external cells, t(n) is fixed to the arbitrary value t(n) = 255. Therefore, setting FREElevel_DR(n) to 255 for an
external cell inhibits outgoing external fast traffic handover towards this cell. Setting FREElevel_DR(n) to any
other value will allow outgoing external fast traffic handover towards this cell.
If the BTS has dual rate capability, t(n) = absolute number of free Dual Rate TCH

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 178
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Summary
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 179

 Fill up this table


EM HO BC HO FDR FTH

PREF_LAYER    
Priority    
Same Freq Band   

PBGT Filtering  

Level Filtering    

PBGT DR Ordering 

Order/Grade Evaluation   

Free TS filtering 
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 179
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 180

 In a hierarchical network (umbrella + micro cells)


 EN_SPEED_DISC is ENABLED
 A slow moving MS starts a call in lower layer
 After a while, this MS becomes a fast moving MS (for
example, a car starting at traffic light)

 Explain the exact process that will send the MS


towards the umbrella layer

Time allowed:
5 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 180
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 181

 Which is the best target cell?


 Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell
 HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) = -2 dB
 PRORITY(0,n) = 1
 LINK_FACTOR(0,n) = 0 dB

Type Single
Band 1800

Source EN_SPEED_DISC Yes


MS speed Slow

Rx_Lev(0) -82 dBm


Type Single (1) Umbrella (2) Single (3)

Time Possible
Band 900 900 1800
allowed: Target EN_BI-BAND_MS Disabled Enabled Disabled
5 minutes Rx_Lev(n) -74 dBm -80 dBm -84 dBm
Best Target ?

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

EN_LOAD_ORDER = Disabled.
EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Enabled.
RXLEVmin= -100 dBm.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 181
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 182

 Which is the best target cell?


 Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell
 HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) = -2 dB
 PRORITY(0,n) = 1, LINK_FACTOR(0,n) = 0 dB

Type Umbrella
Band 900 Time
allowed:
Source EN_SPEED_DISC Yes
MS speed Slow 5 minutes
Rx_Lev(0) -76 dBm
Umbrella
Type Single (1) Single (3) Micro (4) Micro (5) Indoor (6)
(2)
Possible Band 900 900 1800 900 1800 900
Target
EN_BI-BAND_MS Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled
Rx_Lev(n) -74 dBm -80 dBm -82 dBm -75 dBm -85 dBm -80 dBm
Best Target ?

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

EN_LOAD_ORDER = Disabled.
EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Enabled.
RXLEVmin= -100 dBm.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 182
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 183

 Which is the best target cell?


 Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell
 HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) = -2 dB
 PRORITY(0,n) = 1, LINK_FACTOR(0,n) = 0 dB
 EN_RESCUE_UM = Enabled

Type Micro
Band 900 Time
EN_SPEED_DISC No
allowed:
Source
MS speed Slow 5 minutes
Rx_Lev(0) -68 dBm
Umbrella
Type Single (1) Single (3) Micro (4) Micro (5) Indoor (6)
(2)
Possible Band 900 900 1800 900 1800 900
Target
EN_BI-BAND_MS Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled
Rx_Lev(n) -84 dBm -80 dBm -82 dBm -75 dBm -85 dBm -80 dBm
Best Target ?

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

EN_LOAD_ORDER = Disabled.
EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Enabled.
RXLEVmin= -100 dBm.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 183
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 184

 Which is the best target cell?


 Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell
 EN_PBGT_FILTERING=Enable
 HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)=-2dB
 CELL_EV=GRADE EN_LOAD_ORDER=Disable
 LINK_FACTOR(0,n)=0dB RXLEVmin=-100 dBm

Type Single
Source Band 1800
Rx_Lev(0) -82 dBm
10 minutes
Umbrella
Type Single (1) Single (3) Single (4) Single (5)
(2)
Possible Band 900 900 1800 1800 1800
Target
PRIORITY 0 0 0 0 0
Rx_Lev(n) -74 dBm -80 dBm -84 dBm -101 dBm -81 dBm
Best Target ?
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 184
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 185

 Which is the best target cell?


 Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell
 EN_PBGT_FILTERING=Enable
 HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)=-2dB
 CELL_EV=GRADE EN_LOAD_ORDER=Disable
 LINK_FACTOR(0,n)=0dB RXLEVmin=-100 dBm

Type Single
Source Band 1800
Rx_Lev(0) -82 dBm
10 minutes
Umbrella
Type Single (1) Single (3) Single (4) Single (5)
(2)
Possible Band 900 900 1800 1800 1800
Target
PRIORITY 0 0 1 1 1
Rx_Lev(n) -74 dBm -80 dBm -84 dBm -101 dBm -81 dBm
Best Target ?
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 185
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 186

 Which is the best target cell?


 Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell
 EN_PBGT_FILTERING=Enable
 HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)=-2dB
 CELL_EV=GRADE EN_LOAD_ORDER=Disable
 LINK_FACTOR(0,n)=0dB RXLEVmin=-100 dBm
 OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 10 dB

Single
Type
Multiband

Source Band 900


Zone Inner
Rx_Lev(0) -82 dBm
10 minutes
Umbrella
Type Single (1) Single (3) Single (4) Single (5)
(2)
Possible Band 900 900 1800 1800 1800
Target
PRIORITY 0 0 0 0 0
Rx_Lev(n) -74 dBm -80 dBm -84 dBm -101 dBm -81 dBm
Best Target ?
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 186
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 187

 If a call is setup, what will happen next ?


 What changes can you propose ?

A : Concentric cell 900 (monoband)


BS_TXPWR_MAX = 0dB
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = -10dB
-- IDLE mode --
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 33dBm RxLev(A) = -61dBm C2 = 39
RXLEV_DL_ZONE = - 85dBm RxLev(B) = -65dBm C2 = 35
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL/UL = 6dB
A
RXLEV_UL_ZONE = - 95dBm
8/16
HO_MARGIN(A,B) = 5dB
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 0dB 13/19
EN_LOAD_BALANCE = Enable
B

used_ts / nb_ts
B : Single cell 900
HO_MARGIN(B,A) = 5dB

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Describe the different possible steps, and refer to pages of this document describing the algorithms :
-------- At call setup ------------
SDCCH allocation, TCH allocation

-------- After call setup ------------


HO detection

** problem **

solution :

alternative solution :

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 187
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 188

 Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
 The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 188
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1·2· 189

End of Module
Algorithms and Associated Parameters

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 189
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Module 3
Creating a Multi-Layer Network
3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 1
Blank Page
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 2

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 2
Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 3

 Define relevant parameters settings to introduce a


new layer in an existing network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 3
Objectives [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 4

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 4
Table of Contents
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 5

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer 7
2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic 26
3 Adding Indoor Microcells for Coverage 30
4 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network 32

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 6

Switch to notes view!

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 6
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 7

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 7
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Introduction
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 8

 The principle is to implement antennas below roof level


 confined propagation and low Tx power
 interferences avoided
 easier frequency planning

 Benefits :
 Higher network capacity per sq. km
 The right capacity at the right place (Airport, shoping malls, etc.)
 Improve the outdoor coverage and the indoor coverage (at street level)
 Improve the voice quality, thanks to cleaner frequencies

Confined micro cell propagation

0 100 m
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 8
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Introduction [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 9

 Field Example: Busy Hour Traffic


Microlayer commercial opening

140
121.6 124.5
117.9 118.5 121.6
120 114 116.9 116.1
112.5 115.1

100.7 98.4
95.9 95.1 98.4 94.6 94.3
100

72.3
70.6

76.8

78
72.5
70.5
68.6

71.1
71

71.6
80

60
60 54.7
45.9

29.1
41.7 42.9
36.4

31.4

17.9
40

19.2
20

0
10/9

11/9

12/9

13/9

14/9

15/9

16/9

17/9

18/9

19/9

20/9

21/9

22/9

23/9

24/9

25/9

26/9

27/9

28/9

29/9

30/9
8/9

9/9

Macrocells Microcells

 20% of new traffic generation


 50% of old macro traffic is handled by microcells
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This example corresponds to the following network design:


 Lower layer: 16 micro cells (37 TRXs)
 11 outdoor micro cells with 2 TRXs
 1 outdoor micro cell with 3 TRXs
 2 indoor micro cells (pico cells) with 2 TRXs
 2 indoor micro cells (pico cells) with 4 TRXs
 Upper layer: 12 macro cells
 umbrella macro cells are concentric (but not multi-band)
 4 belong to the same BSS as the micro cells
 8 belong to another BSS
All micro cells were declared as micro and not as indoor.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 9
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Introduction [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 10

 Keep a good QoS

 Avoid call drops on microcells


 Specific emergency HO towards umbrella rescue cells

 Avoid unnecessary handovers


 To ensure good QoS and speech quality
 Force idle mode in microcells to avoid subsequent capture
 Fast MSs are kept in the umbrella layer

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 10
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Architecture
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 11

 Capture towards microcells, emergency towards umbrella

umbrella umbrella single UPPER/SINGLE

micro micro micro micro LOWER

 Capture HO is used to send slow MSs to the overlaid layer


 Capture HO (cause 14):

 PBGT HO (cause 12):

 Emergency HO (Level or Quality):

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 11
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Strategy
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 12

 Choose a handover to push traffic from these cells to the microlayer


 Cause 24 if all collocated cells and micro cells are all "Single"
 Cause 14 if collocated cells are Umbrella and micro cells are Micro

 The exercise next slide will show the best solution

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 12
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 13

 Case 1 : Strategy based on cause 24


 Case 2 : Strategy based on cause 14

NORMAL CELLS

What are the pro's and


con's of each solution ?

Which one would you


choose ?
MICROCELLS

10 minutes

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 13
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Call Setup
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 14

MICRO 900
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 10 dB
TEMPORARY_OFFSET = infinity
MICRO
MICRO PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s) UMB
UMB

UMBRELLA
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dB
TEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dB
PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

 Only slow MS reselects a MICRO

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(MICRO) = 10 dB

This setting is highly dependent on MICRO cells density : the more MICRO per sq.km, the higher the CRO can be,
without any risk of degrading quality. In very dense network, a CRO(Micro) = 40dB can be set.
On the contrary, if there are only few micro cells per sq.km, then a CRO=10dB might be too high ! Reduce it to
CRO=6dB.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 14
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Call Setup [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 15

 DR and FDR are ENABLED


 An FDR (cause 20) is triggered when the average level of a neighboring cell
is higher than L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
DR only
PRIORITY(umb, umb) = 1 Umbrella
EN_DR = ENABLED
EN_FORCED_DR = DISABLED
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) = -88 dBm
FREElevel_DR(n) = 0

DR & FDR DR only


PRIORITY(micro, umb) = 1 PRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0

Micro
EN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED
EN_DR = ENABLED
DR EN_FORCED_DR = ENABLED
PRIORITY(micro, micro) = 1 L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) = -47 dBm
FREElevel_DR(n) = 0

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The Setting of PRIORITY(0,n) is very important as network behavior will not be driven by Pref_layer which is
equal to "none" in this case.
But setting L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) to -47 dBm in the micro cells inhibits the incoming FDR to them. Therefore
Priority(0,n) can be kept to the same value everywhere.
Priority(umb,micro) is set to 0 for Better Cell purpose (see the next pages).

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 15
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Microcell Classes
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 16

 Parameter settings will depend on the microcells position in the lower


layer
 Microcell “classes” are introduced to deal with typical parameters settings
in each of these cases

Border Microcell

Inner Microcell
Indoor Microcell
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 16
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Inner Microcell Class
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 17

 Definition
 A microcell surrounded by other microcells in a dense environment
 Rule
 The MS is comfortably installed in the microcell area. Calls have to be
handled by a micro layer, which is a “traffic-catcher”
 Fast capture HO from the umbrella to micro cell
 If the MS is already on call in the micro-layer, it must stay on it
 Favour PBGT handover to neighbour microcells

Inner Microcell
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 17
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Inner Microcell: Better Condition Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 18

 Causes 12 and 14
Cause 12 / 23
PRIORITY(umb, umb) = 1
HO_MARGIN(umb, umb) = 5 dB
DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dB Umbrella
DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dB EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED
EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED
EN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLED
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 6s

Cause 14
PRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0 Only fast mobiles can perform a PBGT
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro) HO to an umbrella cell (with low load)
= -80 dBm HO_MARGIN(micro, umb) = 5dB

Inner Microcell
EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED
Cause 12 EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED
PRIORITY(micro, micro) = 1 A_PBGT_HO = 6
HO_MARGIN(micro, micro) = ?dB
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

A capture towards a microcell is triggered after L_MIN_DWELL_TIME. A low value is chosen, as we consider an
inner microcell.
In an umbrella 900 cell, a capture to a micro cell is preferred to a PBGT HO to a neighboring 900 cell using
Priority(0,n).

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 18
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Inner Microcell: Tuning of Cause 12 Parameters
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 19

 HO_MARGIN(micro,micro) and A_PBGT_HO(micro) tuning

 Case 1 : Avoid PBGT HO to a transcient cell (i.e. micro 3)


 Case 2 : Avoid an EM HO to an umbrella

 Reduce A_PBGT_HO & increase HO_MARGIN


or …
 Increase A_PBGT_HO & decrease HO_MARGIN

Micro 2 Micro 1

Micro 3

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

HO_MARGIN tuning will be detailed in section 4: case studies.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 19
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Inner Microcell: Emergency Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 20

 Use Level, Quality causes

PRIORITY(umb,umb) = 1 Umbrella
Pref_layer = upper + single

PRIORITY(umb,micro) = 0 PRIORITY(micro,umb) = 1

Inner Microcell
EN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED
PRIORITY(micro,micro) = 1 Pref_layer = upper + single
A_QUAL_HO = 4
A_LEV_HO = 4
L_RXLEV_DL_H = -90 dBm

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

EN_RESCUE_UM is set to ENABLED for an emergency handovers behavior (send MSs towards the upper layer).

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 20
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Inner Microcell: Candidate Cells Evaluation Process
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 21

HO_MARGIN_LEV(umb,umb)= 2 dB Umbrella
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(umb,umb)= -2 dB EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING = ENABLED
HO_MARGIN_DIST(umb,umb)= 2 dB EN_PBGT_FILTERING = ENABLED
CELL_EV = GRADE

HO_MARGIN_LEV(micro,umb)= -127 dB
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(micro,umb)= -127 dB HO_MARGIN_LEV(umb,micro)= 2 dB
HO_MARGIN_DIST(micro,umb)= -127 dB HO_MARGIN_QUAL(umb,micro)= -2 dB
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(micro,umb)= HO_MARGIN_DIST(umb,micro)= 2 dB
-100 dBm

HO_MARGIN_LEV(micro,micro)= 2 dB Inner Microcell


HO_MARGIN_QUAL(micro,micro)= -2 dB EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING = ENABLED
HO_MARGIN_DIST(micro,micro)= 2 dB EN_PBGT_FILTERING = ENABLED
CELL_EV = GRADE
EN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The upper layer is a rescue layer for microcells: thus, all HO_MARGIN_XX(micro,umb) are set to -127 dB.
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV is set to -100 dBm: all umbrella cells with a received level lower than -100 dBm will be
filtered out at candidate cell evaluation.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 21
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Border Microcell Class
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 22

 Definition
 A microcell bordering the microcell area
 Hybrid situation between the inner microcell and the hotspot microcell

 Rule
 Ensure the MS is slow & well covered before a capture in microlayer
 Ensure a MS will exit this cell safely
 PBGT HO are of no use here

Border Microcell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The upper layer is a rescue layer for microcells: thus, all HO_MARGIN_XX(micro,umb) are set to -127 dB.
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV is set to -100 dBm: all umbrella cells with a received level lower than -100 dBm will be
filtered out at candidate cell evaluation.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 22
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Border Microcell: Better Condition Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 23

 Causes 12 and 14

Umbrella
EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED
Cause 12 / 23 L_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 8s
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 16s

Cause 14
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro) Only fast mobiles can perform a PBGT
= -75 dBm HO to an umbrella cell (with low load)
HO_MARGIN(micro, umb) = 5dB

Border Microcell

Cause 12

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All other parameters not shown here are identical to inner microcells.
A capture towards a microcell is triggered after MIN_DWELL_TIME which will vary from H_MIN_DWELL_TIME down
to L_MIN_DWELL_TIME if the umbrella 900 cell is loaded. MIN_DWELL_TIME is increased to prevent tangential MSs
from being captured by the border microcell.
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO is increased.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 23
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Border Microcell: Emergency Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 24

 Use Level, Quality causes

Umbrella
Pref_layer = upper + single

Emergency HO considered as a
"safe exit" HO, based on cause 5.

Border Microcell
EN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED
EN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLED
Pref_layer = upper + single
L_RXLEV_DL_H = -82 dBm
A_LEV_HO = 6
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -90 dBm
A_LEV_MCHO = 4

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

A high threshold HO is used to trigger HO towards the umbrella cell for the microlayer zone exit.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 24
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Indoor Microcell Class
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 25

 Definition
 An indoor area located within the micro cell area
 This indoor cell aims at absorbing traffic in a strategic building
 Rules
 Absorb indoor traffic, and only indoor traffic
 Do not catch outdoor MS (Idle or Dedicated)
 An MS nearby the building door but still outside should camp on the outdoor
cell
 Beware of "indoor" exit strategy
 Beware of jamming at higher floor

Indoor Microcell
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Another type of indoor microcell can be defined:


Indoor microcell for coverage, when the indoor cell is a hotspot and the indoor coverage from the macro layer is
not good. This chapter does not deal with this case. See the next slides for detailed parameter settings of indoor
microcell for coverage.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 25
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Indoor Microcell: Better Condition Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 26

 Causes 12 and 14

Umbrella
EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED
Cause 12 / 23 EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED
EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 8s
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 16s
Cause 14
PRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro) Only fast mobiles can perform a PBGT
= -75 dBm HO to an umbrella cell (with low load)
HO_MARGIN(micro, umb) = 5dB

Indoor Microcell
EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED
Cause 12
EN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLED

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

L_RXLEV_CPT_HO tuning is closely linked to real radio propagation and cell coverage. Values given on this slide
are just examples.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 26
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Indoor Microcell: Emergency Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 27

 Use Level, Quality causes

PRIORITY(umb,umb) = 1 Umbrella
Pref_layer = upper + single

PRIORITY(umb,micro) = 0 PRIORITY(micro,umb) = 1

Indoor Microcell
EN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED
PRIORITY(micro,micro) = 1 EN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLED
Pref_layer = upper + single
L_RXLEV_DL_H = -82 dBm
A_LEV_HO = 6
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -90 dBm
A_LEV_MCHO = 4

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

A high threshold HO is used to trigger HO towards the umbrella cell for the microlayer zone exit.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 27
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Indoor Microcell: High Floors Case
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 28

 In high floors, the level from surrounding umbrella cells is very high
 More than 6 cells might be measured at -47dBm (maximum measured value)
 How can we ensure the indoor cell is included in the chosen 6 ?

 One solution
 Dedicate one cell to cover these floors
 Set a high CRO (8dB … 12dB) : the C2 is not limited
 Define many incoming adjacencies but just few selected outgoing
adjacencies
 Use SFH with broad band to avoid interferences

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

A high threshold HO is used to trigger HO towards the umbrella cell for the microlayer zone exit.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 28
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 29

2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 29
2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic
Hotspot Microcell Class
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 30

 Definition
 A microcell totally isolated from any other microcell

 Rules
 Capture shall occur only if the MS is not moving
 There are no neighbour from the same layer
 No better cell handover can be trigerred
 An emergency HO shall be used as an exit strategy

Hotspot Microcell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 30
2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic
Hotspot Microcell: Better Condition Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 31

 Causes 12 and 14

Cause 12 / 23
PRIORITY(umb, umb) = 0
HO_MARGIN(umb, umb) = 5 dB
DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dB Umbrella
DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dB EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED
EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED
EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 10s
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 16s
Cause 14
PRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro) No better condition HO from a micro
= -75 dBm to an umbrella cell (different layers)
Fast MS detection is not possible

Hotspot Microcell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 31
2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic
Hotspot Microcell: Emergency Handovers
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 32

 Use Level, Quality causes

PRIORITY(umb,umb) = 0 Umbrella
Pref_layer = upper + single

PRIORITY(umb,micro) = 0 PRIORITY(micro,umb) = 0

Hotspot Microcell
EN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED
EN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLED
Pref_layer = upper + single
L_RXLEV_DL_H = -82 dBm
A_LEV_HO = 6
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -90 dBm
A_LEV_MCHO = 4
A_QUAL_HO = 4
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 32
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 33

3 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer


Network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 33
3 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network
Indicators Monitoring
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 34

 QoS indicators in each layer


 Create a cell zone for each cell type : Umbrella, Mini, Micro, Indoor, Single
 Perform your QoS Monitoring per cell zone

 Goal 1 : Traffic split


 RTCH_Load_BH (TCTRBHR) in lower layers above 80%
 RTCH_Load_BH in upper layers below congestion
 RTCH_duration_avg (TCTRMHT) should be long in lower layers (> 20s)
 …and might be shorter in umbrellas, because of cause 14 (Min Dwell Time)

 Goal 2 : Quality of Service


 Main KPI's shall be better or identical in lower than in upper
 TCH Drop Rate, CSSR, SDCCH Congestion rate
 HO Incoming & Outgoing efficiency rates
 Handover causes split should reflect your parameter settings
 DL Level HO (5) as exit strategy for hotspot/border cells
 Capture HO (14) shall be the main cause of HO for Umbrellas

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

RTCH Duration Average is related to the HO/Call indicator. But it gives a better physical sense of possible ping
pong handovers.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 34
3 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network
Indicators Monitoring [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 35

 Goal 3: Simplicity of parameter settings


 Apply the same settings within each cell type
 Find the best "overall" settings in order to obtain the best results (regarding
goal 1, goal 2 or both)
 Once this is achieved, fine tune problematic cells only

 Additional investigation : Forced Directed Retry


 With good settings, FDR should not occur too much
 But if it does, ensure it is working correctly
 DR_Out_success_rate (DRORSUR) in lower layers
 DR_Inc_internal_success_rate (DRIBSUR) in upper layers

 Specific indicators : Traffic flows


 HO per couple of cells (PMC type 180)
 In case of problem, use ODMC type 26 and 27 for detailed incoming and
outgoing HO causes (max. 40 cells)
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 35
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 36

 Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
 The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 36
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1·3· 37

End of Module
Creating a Multi-Layer Network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 37
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Module 4
Creating a Multi-Band Network
3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 1
Blank Page
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 2

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 2
Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 3

 Define relevant parameters settings to introduce a


new band in an existing network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 3
Objectives [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 4

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 4
Table of Contents
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 5

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer for Traffic and Coverage Increase 7
2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic 26
3 Adding Indoor Microcells for Coverage 30
4 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network 32

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 6

Switch to notes view!

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 6
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 7

1 Introduction

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 7
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer for Traffic and Coverage Increase
Strategies
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 8

 Several cases should be considered in order to cover all the possibilities


 What is the current architecture prior to the introduction of the new band ?
1. Monolayer
2. Multilayer

 What is the planned architecture after the introduction of the new band ?
1. Monolayer : the new band is located in the current layer
2. Multilayer : the new band is located within an existing layer
3. Multilayer : the new band is located within a dedicated layer

 In order to save cost, the new cells will be collocated with the existing cells
1. Dual-BCCH ? (two different cells)
2. Single-BCCH ? (multiband concentric cells)

 For each architecture, which settings to choose ?

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 8
1 Introduction
Examples
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 9

 The main situations will be studied :

 Colocate the new band with :


1. Existing single cells (monolayer)
2. Existing umbrella cells
 Existing micro cells in classical band
3. Existing mini cells
 Existing umbrella cells in classical band

 Implement the new band in a new layer


New micro layer (for hotspot coverage)
1.
 refer to previous chapter "Adding a Microcellular Layer"
 New mini layer (for continuous coverage)
2.
 this solution is not practical: macro cells in the new band are always colocated with
existing cells
 New umbrella layer (for extension of coverage)
3.
 this solution is not realistic: umbrella cells are always deployed first in a network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

In this course, we focus only on realistic solutions which are chosen by all operators : the new band is never
deployed in a country without colocation with existing cells.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 9
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 10

2 Collocate the new band in a


monolayer network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 10
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Single vs. Umbrella
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 11

 If the network is monolayer, there is no difference between Singles


and Umbrellas.

 The only difference will appear if introduction of microcells in the


future :
1. For Umbrellas, the cause 14 is available to push traffic to microlayer
2. For Single, the cause 24 (General Capture Handover) must be enabled

 In a case study, we will see the differences between the two


solutions.

 Futureproof solution: set all your cells as "Umbrella"

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 11
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 12

 If the cells are collocated, two solutions…


 Dual-BCCH or Single BCCH

outer

inner cause 13 cause ?


CRO(A)

CRO(A) CRO(B)

cause 10/11 cause ?


Cell B

Cell A Cell A

Single-BCCH Dual-BCCH

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 12
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 13

 For single-BCCH cells, refer to algorithms of causes 10, 11 and 13.

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET must be set accordingly


to the other cells

outer CAUSE 13: Entry HO, based on DL and UL RxLev


of the outer zone
RXLEV_UL_ZONE & DL_ZONE
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL & DL
inner cause 13 MS and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
CRO(A) EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
EN_LOAD_BALANCE
cause 10/11 PING_PONG_HCP, T_HCP

CAUSE 10/11: Exit HO, based on DL or UL RxLev


of the inner zone
Cell A RXLEV_UL_ZONE & DL_ZONE

INTERCELL HO: no changes


OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER

Rule
Rule::OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER≥≥ΔΔPropagation
Propagation--ΔΔMS
MSTxPwr
TxPwr
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Δ Propagation : 10dB
Δ MS TxPwr : 33 – 30 = 3dB
 OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER ≥ 7dB

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 13
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 14

 For dual-BCCH cells, use "Preferred band HO" (cause 21)

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(B) > CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(A)


CAUSE 21: Entry HO, based on DL RxLev of cell B
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(A,B)
MS_TXPWR_MAX(B)
MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION(A)
cause 21 HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD(B)
CRO(A)
EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO(A)
CRO(B) T_INHIBIT_CPT(B)
cause 5 CAUSE 5: Exit HO, based on DL RxLev of cell B
Cell B L_RXQUAL_DL_H(B)
L_RXLEV_DL_H(B)
EN_RXLEV_DL(B)
Cell A
Avoid ping-pong HO
HO_MARGIN(B,A) = +127dB

Rule
Rule::L_RXLEV_DL_H(B)
L_RXLEV_DL_H(B)≤≤L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(A,B)
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(A,B)––5dB
5dB
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 14
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 15

 For dual-BCCH cells, beware of neighbour cells

PBGT HO
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(A) = Enable
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(B) = Enable
With 900 cells
HO_MARGIN(B, 900) = Δ Propag + 5-3 = 12dB
HO_MARGIN(A, 900) = 5dB
With "standalone 1800 cells"
HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = Δ Propag + 5 = 15dB
HO_MARGIN(A, 1800) = 2dB
HO_MARGIN(1800, A) = 8dB
HO_MARGIN(1800, B) = 5dB
Cell B With "collocated 1800 cells"
HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = 5dB
HO_MARGIN(A, 1800) = -2dB
Cell A

At
Atnetwork
networklevel,
level,such
suchsettings
settingsare
areunmanageable
unmanageable!!
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All these computations are based on having a difference of RxLev of 5dB between the "outer" cells.
For example, from cell B to a standalone 1800 cell (called cell C):
- Cell A would perform a PBGT HO if the Δ RxLev(C – A) is above 5dB, therefore the HO_Margin(A,C) is 2dB
- Cell B should perform a PBGT HO to C, only if the cell C is 5dB above cell A (in order to avoid ping pong back to
cell A !)
- Because cell B is 10dB less than cell A (diff of propagation), then Cell C should be 15dB above cell B.

It results that after the MS leaves cell B to cell C with a PBGT, then the cell C is more than 5dB above cell B. This
tends to avoid ping pong HO.
It is however possible to reduce this HO MARGIN(B,C) down to 10dB, but this increases the risk of ping pong.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 15
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 16

 For dual-BCCH cells, beware of neighbour cells

PBGT HO
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(A) = Disable
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(B) = Disable
With 900 cells
HO_MARGIN(A, 900) = 5dB
With "standalone 1800 cells"
HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = Δ Propag + 5 = 15dB
With "collocated 1800 cells"
HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = 5dB

Cell B

Cell A

ItItisiseasier
easierto
tomanage
manage
Typical
Typical interband HO are onlycause
interband HO are only cause21
21or
orcause
cause55
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 16
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 17

 Regarding Radio Parameters :

 Single-BCCH:
1. Less parameters

2. Much simpler settings, especially adjacency parameters
3. PBGT HO towards all neighbours are possible

 Dual-BCCH:
1. Cause 21 is using load conditions in serving and target cells
2. Cause 21 can push a MS from one 900 cell to its collocated cell and to
other 1800 cells as well

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 17
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 18

3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer


of a multilayer network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 18
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Single-BCCH strategy
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 19

 As seen earlier, it is simpler to use single-BCCH


 In the OMC-R, create your collocated cells as "Concentric"

 Choose a handover to push traffic from these cells to the microlayer


 Cause 24 if collocated cells and micro cells are all "Single"
 Cause 14 if collocated cells are "Umbrella" and micro cells are "Micro"

 The choice has been done previously:


 The best solution is "cause 14" in order to take into account fast moving
mobiles.

This strategy was fully studied in "Adding a Microcellular Layer""

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 19
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Dual-BCCH strategy
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 20

 In case this solution is preferred, some settings to manage Umbrella


1800 / Umbrella 900 were given in the previous chapter.

 In this chapter, we introduce a Microcell layer.

UMBRELLA 900

(21) (5)

UMBRELLA 1800
(14) (5)
(5)
(14)

MICRO 900

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 20
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Call Setup
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 21

MICRO 900 UMBRELLA 900


CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 8 dB CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dB
TEMPORARY_OFFSET = infinity TEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dB
PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s) PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

MICRO
MICRO
UMB
UMB

UMB
UMB

UMBRELLA 1800
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 4 dB
TEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dB
PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

CELL_BAR_QUALIFY can be set to 0 by default.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 21
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Forced Directed Retry & Fast Traffic HO
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 22

Rescue capacity with umbrella 900 & 1800


Umbrella
Pref_Layer = none [fixed]

L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -85dBm
Free_Level_DR = 0
EN_DR = Enable
EN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = Disable

EN_FDR(900) = Disable 0 1
EN_FDR(1800) = Enable 1
: top choice
: second choice 1
: third choice If microcell 900
: last choice
Micro
1
Pref_Layer = none [fixed]

L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -47dBm
Free_Level_DR = 0
EN_DR = Enable
EN_FDR = Enable
EN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = Enable
HO_Margin_Lev(μ,umb) = -5dB
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Directed Retry shall always be enabled : it will act as a standard HO (better cell or emergency, depending on the
trigger cause). Refer to previous slides (EM HO and BC HO). The possible DR are not represented by arrows on
this slide, because it can work from any cell towards any cell.

Fast Traffic HO shall be enabled in microcells : an upper layer might not be available to each user, so the FDR
might not work (esp. in case of indoor situation). In order to have a higher probability of F.T.H, it is necessary
to lower the HO MARGIN LEV(micro, umbrella).
The more this value is reduced, the higher the efficiency of F.T.H.

Priority(1800, colocated 900) is one more time very useful here. Since the colocated 900 is fully overlapping the
1800, there is absolutely no degradation of quality whether the call is on the umbrella 900 or umbrella 1800.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 22
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Emergency HO
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 23

Favour umbrella 900 + Preventive exit from Micro

Umbrella 1

Pref_Layer = single + upper [fixed]

By default, same band as serving is 1


preferred
0 1
T_HCP = 60s : top choice
1
: second choice
: third choice 1
: last choice If microcell 900
1
1 1
Micro
EN_Rescue_Um = Enable
 Pref_Layer = upper

EN_Mcho_H_DL = Disable 1
L_RxLev_DL_H ≤ -86dBm
Outdoor_Umb_Lev(mini,umb) = -100dBm
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Priority(0,n) is used to favour emergency HO from 1800 umbrella towards its colocated 900 umbrella. This is
useful also for Forced Directed Retry.
It migh be complex to define priority(1800, colocated 900) = 1 and priority(1800, other 900) = 0. However, by
using NPO, it is possible to customize adjacency types to take into account this specificity. Then, by using a
NPO Tuning Session, the tuning is very straight forward.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 23
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Better Conditions HO
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 24

Traffic routed to Micro

L_Rxlev_Cpt_Ho(900,μ) Ho_Margin(900,900)=5dB
= -80dBm
Umbrella 12
EN_Pbgt_Ho = Enable L_Rxlev_Cpt_Ho(900,μ)
EN_Multiband_Pbgt_Ho = Disable = -80dBm
EN_Preferred_Band_Ho = Enable
EN_Mcho_Ncell = Enable 12 21
L_RxLev_Cpt_Ho(0,n) = -80dBm

Multi_Band_Traffic_Condition=Any_Load Ho_Margin(1800,1800)=5dB
EN_Speed_Disc = Enable 14 12
H_Load_Obj = 70% / L_Load_Obj = 30% 12
L_Min_Dwell_Time = 8s
H_Min_Dwell_Time = 20s
12
L_Rxlev_Cpt_Ho(1800,μ)
Micro 14 = -80dBm
21
EN_Pbgt_Ho = Enable
EN_Preferred_Band_Ho = Disable

EN_Speed_Disc = Enable Ho_Margin(μ,μ)=0…10dB


High_Traffic_Load = 80% : Fast MS only
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Priority(0,n) is useless here : HO cause priority : 21 > 14 > 12


21 is likely to be triggered before 14 anyway (A PBGT HO vs. MIN DWELL TIME), so using priority to favour the
cause 14 will not work.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 24
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Candidate Cell Evaluation
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 25

Easy exit from micro


Umbrella
En_Priority_Ordering = Enable
En_Pbgt_Filtering = Enable
Cell_Ev = GRADE

Ho_Margin_Lev(0,n) = 2dB
Ho_Margin_Qual(900,coloc1800) = -12dB
Ho_Margin_Qual(0,n) = -2dB
Ho_Margin_Dist(0,n) = 2dB

Micro
En_Priority_Ordering = Enable If microcell 900
En_Pbgt_Filtering = Enable
Cell_Ev = GRADE

Ho_Margin_Lev(μ,umb) = -5dB
Ho_Margin_Qual(μ,umb) = -127dB
Ho_Margin_Dist(μ,umb) = -127dB

Ho_Margin_Lev(μ, μ) = 2dB
Ho_Margin_Qual(μ, μ) = -2dB
Ho_Margin_Dist(μ, μ) = 2dB : special settings
: default settings
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Umbrella :
HO MARGIN LEV and HO MARGIN DIST shall be set above 0dB, in order to avoid emergency HO ping pong (which
might be rare in a city anyway). Def value = 2dB.
HO MARGIN QUAL is different. If there is a quality issue in the 900 (since the 900 frequency band is more
interfered, this situation is probable), the colocated 1800 must be a possible candidate. But don't forget that
the colocated 1800 is 10dB lower than the 900 : the HO MARGIN QUAL should not filter out this cell.
So a HO MARGIN QUAL = -12dB is chosen.
HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 900, coloc 1800) = -12dB
HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 900, other 1800) = -2dB
HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 900, umb 900) = -2dB
HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 1800, umb *) = -2dB
HO MARGIN QUAL(umb *, μ)= -2dB

Micro :
The Umbrellas 900 & 1800 are a rescue for a micro. If there is a quality/interference problem in a micro, the
RxLev(Micro) may be very high. Therefore we need to put a very low HO MARGIN QUAL, in order to accept a
target cell with a lower RxLev than the micro.
The HO MARGIN LEV is set to -5dB, in order to give Fast Traffic HO a higher chance of happening (refer to
previous slide)

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 25
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 26

4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer


of a multilayer network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 26
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Single-BCCH vs. Dual-BCCH
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 27

 Assumptions:
 New cells are colocated with classical Mini cells
 Umbrella cells are in the classical band

 The easiest solution is to create Concentric Multiband Mini cells


 Refer to "Create a multilayer network"
 The new band is "transparent", it does not impact algorithms other than
intra-zone handovers (causes 10, 11, 13)

 In this chapter, the dual-BCCH solution is studied

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 27
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Call Setup
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 28

MINI 900 UMBRELLA 900


CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 4 dB CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dB
TEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dB TEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dB
PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s) PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

MINI
MINI
UMB
UMB

MINI
MINI

MINI 1800
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 8 dB
TEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dB
PENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The Mini coverage is assumed to be continuous and can be used to capture Fast MS immediately.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 28
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Forced Directed Retry and Fast Traffic HO
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 29

Rescue capacity in Umbrella


Umbrella
Pref_Layer = none [fixed]

EN_DR = Enable
EN_FDR = Disable
EN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = Disable

L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -85dBm : top choice


Free_Level_DR = 0 : second choice
: last choice

Mini
Pref_Layer = none [fixed]

EN_DR = Enable
EN_FDR = Enable 
EN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = Enable

L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -47dBm
Free_Level_DR = 0
HO_Margin_Lev(mini,umb) = -5dB

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

() In order to activate FDR towards MINI 900, if Umbrella are full and Mini 1800 are still congested, it is simple :
Gradually decrease the value of L_RxLev_Ncell_DR(Mini 900) from -60dBm to -80dBm, until a significant decrease
of the congestion in MINI1800 occur.

HO MARGIN LEV(mini, umb)=-5dB : in order to increase the probability to perform a fast traffic HO. To increase
the probability, decrease to -10dB, and so on.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 29
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Better Conditions HO
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 30

Traffic routed to Mini 1800


Umbrella

EN_Pbgt_Ho = Enable
EN_Multiband_Pbgt_Ho = Disable 12
EN_Preferred_Band_Ho = Disable
EN_Mcho_Ncell = Enable

EN_Speed_Disc = Disable
L_Min_Dwell_Time = 6s 21 14 12

L_Rx_Lev_Cpt_Ho(0,n) = -80dBm 14

12
Mini

EN_Pbgt_Ho = Enable
EN_Preferred_Band_Ho = Enable 12 21 12
L_Rx_Lev_Cpt_Ho(0,n) = -80dBm
EN_Speed_Disc = Disable
High_Traffic_Load = 80%
12
: Fast MS only
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Umbrella will unload with cause 14, with a dwell time of 6 seconds.
We need to favour direct HO from umbrella to mini 1800, rather than doing Umbrella  Mini 900  Mini 1800.
The Mini 900 is received 10 dB greater than the Mini 1800. So by default, with" cause 14" candidate cell
evaluation, the Mini 900 will have a better ORDER than the Mini 1800 (the PBGT(900) is 7dB greater than
PBGT(1800))

To reverse this situation, we need to favour the Mini 1800, either with :
1) priority(umb, mini 1800) = 0 or
2) with link_factor(umb, 1800) = +12dB (so ORDER(1800) are 5dB greater than ORDER(900))

We will study these possibilities later.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 30
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Emergency HO (1/2)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 31

Umbrella is the rescue cell


Umbrella

Pref_Layer = single + upper [fixed]

By default, same band as serving is


preferred

T_HCP = 60s

: top choice
: second choice
: last choice

Mini

EN_Rescue_Um = Enable
 Pref_Layer = upper

L_RxLev_DL_H ≤ -86dBm
Outdoor_Umb_Lev(mini,umb) = -100dBm

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

There is a risk that the umbrella will collect too much taffic in this situation !

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 31
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Emergency HO (2/2)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 32

Rescue cells are from the same layer


Umbrella

Pref_Layer = single + upper [fixed]

By default, same band as serving is


preferred

T_HCP = 60s
: top choice
: second choice
: last choice

Mini

EN_Rescue_Um = Disable
 Pref_Layer = lower + indoor

L_RxLev_DL_H ≤ -86dBm
Outdoor_Umb_Lev(mini,umb) = -100dBm

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This solution is closer to what we want : the mini cells offer a good coverage. If no mini cells are available, it is
not a problem : the umbrella can still be a valid target cell.
Special attention must be paid to PBGT Filtering : Mini cells can be filtered out, but Umbrellas should stay in the
list.

Remark : Priority(0,n) = 1, for all adjacencies.

Regarding the possibility to use priority(umb, mini1800) = 0 (cf. "Better conditions HO" in this chapter) : it will
impact the EM HO from umbrella. The end result will be :
EM HO from umbrella  other umbrella > mini 1800 > mini 900.

The link factor is therefore a better choice, so far.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 32
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Candidate Cell Evaluation
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 33

: special settings Use 1800 band for quality HO


Umbrella : default settings
En_Priority_Ordering = Enable
En_Pbgt_Filtering = Enable
Cell_Ev = GRADE

Ho_Margin_Lev(umb,n) = 2dB
Ho_Margin_Qual(umb,n) = -2dB
Ho_Margin_Dist(umb,n) = 2dB

Ho_Margin_Qual(umb, mini 1800) = -12dB


Link_Factor(umb, mini1800) = +12dB

Mini
En_Priority_Ordering = Enable
En_Pbgt_Filtering = Enable
Cell_Ev = GRADE
Ho_Margin_Dist(mini, n) = 2dB

Ho_Margin_Lev(mini,umb) = -5dB
Ho_Margin_Qual(mini,umb) = -127dB
Ho_Margin_Lev(mini, mini) = 2dB
Ho_Margin_Qual(mini, mini) = -2dB
Ho_Margin_Qual(mini, coloc1800) = -12dB
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Quality HO in an umbrella : As the mini 1800 is seen 10dB lower than the mini 900, there is a risk the mini 1800
will be filtered out during PBGT filtering.
Quality HO in a mini 900 : If no other Mini 900 is around with less than -2dB difference, then the next choice will
be a mini 1800. In order to keep the mini 1800 colocated in the list, it is necessary to reduce the HO MARGIN
QUAL(mini900, coloc1800) below -10dB.

Ho_Margin_Lev(mini,umb) = -5dB  For Fast Traffic HO

Link_Factor(umb, mini1800) = +12dB  For better condition HO : cause 14 towards Mini 1800 rather than towards
Mini 900.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 33
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 34

5 QoS Monitoring

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 34
5 QoS Monitoring
Indicators Monitoring
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 35

 QoS indicators in each layer

 Create a cell zone for each cell type & band


 Umbrella 900  Umbrella 1800
 Mini 900  Mini 1800
 Micro 900  Micro 1800
 Indoor 900  Indoor 1800

 Perform your QoS Monitoring per cell zone


 Goal 1: Intelligent traffic split
 Goal 2: Balanced QoS between different layers and bands
 Goal 3: Globalized settings

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 35
5 QoS Monitoring
Investigation
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 36

 Special attention to:


 HO/Call and RTCH Duration Avg in intermediate layer
 Too many incoming HO from top layer (probably due to capture)
 Too many outgoing HO CPT (towards bottom layer)
 Action 1: L_RxLev_Cpt_Ho(top, intermediate) = -80dBm  -70dBm
 Action 2: Cell_Reselect_Offset(bottom) = 8dB  12dB

TOP

INTERMEDIATE

capture

capture 

BOTTOM

capture

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

Intermediate layer :
1. Umbrella 1800 in case of Umbrella 900 / Umbrella 1800 / Micro
2. Mini 900 in case of Umbrella 900 / Mini 900 / Mini 1800

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 36
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 37

 Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
 The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 37
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1·4· 38

End of Module
Creating a Multi-Band Network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 38
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Module 5
Case Studies
3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 1
Blank Page
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 2

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 2
Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 3

 Define relevant parameter settings for the following


field cases

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 3
Objectives [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 4

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 4
Table of Contents
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 5

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 Radar Cell 7
2 Symmetric Microcells at a Street Corner 9
3 Asymmetric Microcells at a Street Corner 11
4 Indoor Microcell within a Monolayer Network 13
5 Trilayer Network: Indoor Cell within a Multi-Layer Network 15
6 Indoor Cell Congestion 17
7 Transforming a Microcell into an Indoor Cell 19
8 Picocells in Skyscrapers 21

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 6

Switch to notes view!

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 6
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 7

1 Radar Cell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 7
1 Radar Cell
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 8

 A radar cell is covering an industrial zone


 Find relevant parameter settings to favor IZ cells in idle and connected
mode
 Propose 2 architectures

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 8
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 9

2 Symmetric Microcells at a Street


Corner

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 9
2 Symmetric Micorcells at a Street Corner
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 10

 An indoor microcell is introduced within a monolayer network, for a


new coverage
 Define relevant parameter settings to obtain good QoS in the microcell layer
for
 symmetric microcells at a street corner
Cell B

d
Cell A

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 10
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 11

3 Asymmetric Microcells at a Street


Corner

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 11
3 Aymmetric Micorcells at a Street Corner
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 12

 Define relevant parameter settings to obtain good QoS in the microcell


layer for
 Asymmetric microcells at a street corner
 1 < x < 2.5
Cell B

x.d
Cell A

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 12
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 13

4 Indoor Microcell within a Monolayer


Network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 13
4 Indoor Microcell withing a MonolayerNetwork
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 14

 An indoor microcell is introduced within a monolayer network, for a


new coverage
 Define parameter settings for both idle and connected mode

Indoor Microcell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 14
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 15

5 Trilayer Network: Indoor Cell within a


Multi-Layer Network

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 15
5 Trilayer Network: Indoor Microcell withing a Multi-Layer Network
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 16

 An indoor microcell is introduced within a multi-layer network (macro +


micro cells), for capacity & coverage increase
 So called « trilayer » network
 Define parameter settings for both idle and connected mode

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 16
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 17

6 Indoor Cell Congestion

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 17
6 Indoor Cell Congestion
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 18

 An indoor microcell has been introduced within a multi-layer network


(macro + micro), based on the previous exercise recommendations
 When an indoor microcell is congested, the FDR may not be working as
some MSs can be covered only by this cell
 Define parameter settings to find a good solution in case of indoor cell
congestion

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 18
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 19

7 Transforming a Microcell into an


Indoor Cell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 19
7 Transforming a Microcell into an Indoor Cell
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 20

 Within a multi-layer network, a microcell has been designed in the


micro-layer, with parameters of the microcell class
 One may want to configure this cell in the « indoor » layer
 Propose parameter settings

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 20
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 21

8 Picocells in Skyscrapers

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 21
8 Picocells in Skyscrapers
Exercise
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 22

 Skyscrapers may need several picocells to achieve a sufficient coverage


while avoiding interference (sufficient received level from the serving
cell
 Define parameters settings to deal with this configuration

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 22
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 23

 Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
 The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 23
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1·5· 24

End of Module
Case Studies

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 24
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

Section 1
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Module 6
Appendix
3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 1
Blank Page
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 2

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 2
Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 3

 Define relevant parameter settings for the following


field cases

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 3
Objectives [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 4

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 4
Table of Contents
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 5

Page
Switch to notes view!
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation 7
2 Extended Cell Overview 19

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 5
Table of Contents [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 6

Switch to notes view!

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 6
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 7

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 7
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Cell TCH Radio Resource Evaluation Usage
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 8

Load
Period Usage
evaluation

FREEfactors
short term TCH_INFO_PERIOD
LOADfactors

medium Speed discrimination for hierarchical network


LOAD_EV_PERIOD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD
term Full Rate / Half Rate channel allocation

Power budget Handover


N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x Traffic Handover
long term
TCH_INFO_PERIOD Multiband capture Handover
General capture Handover

Back
Cause 12

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 8
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Short Term Evaluation
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 9

 LOADfactors and FREEfactors are determined from Nb free TCH


samples every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds (short term evaluation)
 LOADlevels are boundaries of load intervals associating a LOADfactor
(db) to a Nb free TCH sample
 FREElevels are boundaries of Nb free TCH intervals associating a
FREEfactor (db) to a Nb free TCH sample

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 9
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Short Term Evaluation [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 10

 FREEfactor determination:

Nb free TCH Nb free TCH


t <= FREElevel_1 FREEfactor_1
FREELevel_1< t <= FREElevel_2 FREEfactor_2
FREELevel_2< t <= FREElevel_3 FREEfactor_3
FREELevel_3< t <= FREElevel_4 FREEfactor_4
FREELevel_4< t FREEfactor_5

 FREElevel in absolute number of TCHs


 FREEfactor in dB

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 10
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Short Term Evaluation [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 11

 LOADfactor determination:

t = (1 - Nb free TCH/Total Nb TCH) x 100 LOADfactor


t <= LOADlevel_1 LOADfactor_1
LOADLevel_1< t <= LOADlevel_2 LOADfactor_2
LOADLevel_2< t <= LOADlevel_3 LOADfactor_3
LOADLevel_3< t <= LOADlevel_4 LOADfactor_4
LOADLevel_4< t LOADfactor_5

 LOADlevel in %
 LOADfactor in dB

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 11
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Short Term Evaluation [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 12

 Example: cells with 4 TRXs (28 TCHs)

Nb free TCH FREEfactor Load = (1-Nb free TCH/Total TCH)x 100 LOADfactor
t <= 3 - 16 dB t <= 10% +10 dB
3 < t <= 8 - 8 dB 10% < t <= 25% +5 dB
8 < t <= 15 0 dB 25% < t <= 50% 0 dB
15 < t <= 21 +7 dB 50% < t <= 80% -10 dB
21 < t +10 dB 80% < t -15 dB

Nb free TCH = 4 Nb free TCH = 20


Load = 85,7% HO? Load = 28,6%
 Cell 0 Cell n

FREEfactor(0) = -8 dBm FREEfactor(n) = +7 dBm
LOADfactor(0) = -15 dBm LOADfactor(n) = 0 dBm

in evaluation of cell n for outgoing HO from cell 0 :


• in ORDER(n): + FREEfactor(n) - FREEfactor(0) = +7 - (-8) = +15 dB
• in GRADE(n): + LOADfactor(n) = +0 = 0 dB
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 12
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Medium Term Evaluation
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 13

 Medium term measurement of the load of a cell


 corresponds to function AV_LOAD(cell)
 a new sample of the “Nb free TCHs” in the cell is available every
TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds
 AV_LOAD() is a non-sliding window load average from Nb free TCH samples
updated every LOAD_EV_PERIOD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD s

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 13
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Medium Term Evaluation [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 14

 AV_LOAD(cell n) calculated from N Nb free TCH samples available


during LOAD_EV_PERIOD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD s

Nsamples
1 Nb free TCH (n)
AV_LOAD(n) = 
Nsamples i = 1
(1 
Nb Tot TCH (n)
) *100

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 14
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Long Term Evaluation
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 15

 Long term measurement of the load of a cell


 corresponds to function Traffic_load(cell)
 Traffic_load() value is determined from a number N_TRAFFIC_LOAD of
consecutive non-sliding window load averages AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD calculated
from Nb free TCH samples updated every A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x
TCH_INFO_PERIOD s

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 15
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Long Term Evaluation [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 16

 3 possible values for Traffic_load(): high, low, indefinite


 initialization: Traffic_load() = indefinite
 Traffic_load() becomes : corresponds to function Traffic_load(cell)
 high if the last N_TRAFFIC_LOAD consecutive AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load
averages are all greater than the HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD threshold
 low if the last N_TRAFFIC_LOAD consecutive AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load
averages are all lower than the LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD threshold

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 16
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Long Term Evaluation [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 17

 Traffic_load() becomes indefinite if:


 Traffic_load() was high and the last AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load average is lower
than LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD (or IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD if not 0%)
 Traffic_load() was low and the last AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load average is
greater than HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD (or IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD if not 0%)
 Traffic_load(n) is always equal to indefinite if cell n is external to the
BSC
 HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD  IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD  LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 17
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Long Term Evaluation [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 18

 Example with N_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 3

Back
Cause 12

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 18
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 19

2 Extended Cell Overview

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 19
2 Extended Cell Overview
Presentation - General
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 20

 One BTS (G3 or G4): 2 cells


 INNER cell: range from 0 to 35 km
 OUTER cell: range from 33 to 70 km

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The extended cell has up to 4 TRX in the inner cell and up to 4 TRX in the outer cell.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 20
2 Extended Cell Overview
Presentation - Synchronization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 21

 Freq BCCH OUTER <> Freq BCCH


INNER
 MS reports measurements on both
cells for the handover algorithms
 BSICINNER = BSICOUTER
 INNER cell can decode the RACH
received on OUTER BCCH frequency
 INNER cell always BARRED
OUTER cell
 MS always camps on OUTER cell INNER cell
GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

At the border of the two cells, an overlapping area allows to provide a continuous coverage. When the MS moves
from one cell to the other, a handover is triggered in the overlap zone. Two BCCH channels are needed (one for
the inner cell, one for the outer cell), so that the MS reports measurements on both cells for the handover
algorithms.
The TRXs of the inner cell and of the outer cell are synchronised, but the reception of the outer cell is delayed
by 60bits period to account for the propagation delay.
In the inner cell, the MS can receive the BCCH inner frequency as wells as the outer BCCH frequency. To avoid to
manage RACH reception on two different frequencies in the inner cell, the MS is forced to access the inner cell
on the outer BCCH frequency. For this purpose, the RACH reception (BCCH TRX) of the inner cell is tuned to the
outer BCCH frequency, and the inner cell is barred1. So on time slot 0 of the inner cell, transmission is done on
the inner cell BCCH frequency, and reception is done on outer BCCH frequency.
The chosen implementation allows to make use of all timeslots2 of the TDMA frame and to use the combined
configuration for the CCCH channel.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 21
2 Extended Cell Overview
Presentation - RF Interference
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 22

 UL interference on TS0 of the INNER cell if


 Access burst received in the INNER cell (on frequency BCCH OUTER)
AND
 Call on TS7 of the OUTER cell

 Then, TS7 of the OUTER cell is always set to IDLE (never used)

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 22
2 Extended Cell Overview
Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Outer Cell Area
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 23

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The inner cell is always barred, so the MS cannot camp on the inner cell, even if located in the inner cell range. In the whole
extended cell coverage, the MS has a good reception of the outer cell BCCH, so the MS will always be camping in the outer
cell, whether in the inner cell or outer cell range.
For this reason, a special radio and link establishment procedure is used to cope with this behaviour .
It consists of receiving the CHANNEL REQUEST messages on outer BCCH frequency, and allocating the SDCCH channel
according to the MS estimated position. The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND for an SDCCH is sent on the outer cell BCCH
frequencies, but the SDCCH may be allocated in either inner or outer cell, depending on the MS position.
(1) The MS camping on the outer cell sends an access burst on the RACH on outer cell BCCH frequency. These bursts will be
received successfully in the inner cell by the BCCH TRE. In the outer cell, the access burst arrives too early and cannot be
decoded.
(2) The inner cell BCCH TRE sends a CHANNEL REQUIRED message to the BSC containing the random reference sent by the
mobile, the TDMA frame number when the message was sent over the air and the measured TOA.
(3) The TCU controlling this TRE allocates an SDCCH subchannel to the transaction in the inner cell and asks the BTS to
activate this subchannel.
(4) The BTS activates the requested channel and sends back and acknowledgement, once this is done.
(5) The TCU sends the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND (which provides the description of the allocated SDCCH) to the BCCH
TRE of the inner cell.
The TCU controlling the inner cell BCCH sends a copy of the message to the TCU handling the BCCH of the outer cell. This
is done if and only if the timing advance IE included in the CHANNEL REQUIRED is smaller than 60, thus indicating that the
MS is strictly in the inner cell (in order to avoid that the MS receives two Immediate Assignment messages when located in
the overlap zone).
The TCU controlling the outer cell BCCH forwards the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to the outer cell BCCH TRE.
(6) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message is sent over the air to the MS on the AGCH of the outer cell.
(6') The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message sent by the inner cell is lost, because the MS listens to the outer cell frequency.
(7) The mobile switches its transceiver to the SDCCH allocated in the inner cell and sends repeatedly an SABM frame to
establish the layer 2 connection with the BTS.
(8) The BTS acknowledges the establishment of the LapDm link to the MS with a UA frame sent on the SDCCH allocated to the
MS. All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent
3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 23
2 Extended Cell Overview
Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Inner Cell Area
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 24

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The TCU sends the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND (which provides the description of the allocated SDCCH ) to
the BCCH TRE of the inner cell.
The TCU controlling the inner cell BCCH sends a copy of the message to the TCU handling the BCCH of the outer
cell. This is done if and only if the timing advance IE included in the CHANNEL REQUIRED is smaller than 60, thus
indicating that the MS is strictly in the inner cell (in order to avoid that the MS receives two Immediate
Assignment messages when located in the overlap zone).
The TCU controlling the outer cell BCCH forwards the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to the outer cell BCCH
TRE.

(1) The MS in the outer cell sends an access burst on the RACH of the outer cell. This burst is successfully
received by the outer cell BCCH TRE. In the inner cell, the access burst arrives too late to be successfully
decoded.
(2) The outer cell BCCH TRE sends a CHANNEL REQUIRED message to the BSC containing the random reference
sent by the mobile, the TDMA frame number when the message was sent over the air and the measured TOA.
(3) The TCU controlling this TRE allocates an SDCCH subchannel in the outer cell to the transaction and asks the
BTS to activate this subchannel.
(4) The BTS activates the requested channel and sends back an acknowledgement, once this is done.
(5) The TCU then sends the description of the channel in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to the outer cell
BCCH TRE.
(6) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message is sent over the air to the MS on the AGCH of the outer cell.
(7) The mobile switches its transceiver to the required channel and sends repeatedly an SABM frame to establish
the layer 2 connection with the BTS.
(8) The BTS acknowledges the establishment of the LAPDm link to the MS with a UA frame sent on the SDCCH
allocated to the MS.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 24
2 Extended Cell Overview
Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Overlap Zone
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 25

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 25
2 Extended Cell Overview
Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Overlap Zone [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 26

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

(1a&b) The MS camping on the outer cell sends an access burst on the RACH. This burst is correctly received by the inner cell BCCH TRE and
outer cell BCCH TRE.
(2a&b) The inner cell and outer cell BCCH TRE send a CHANNEL REQUIRED message to the BSC containing the random reference sent by the
mobile, the TDMA frame number when the message was sent over the air and the measured TOA.
(3a&b) Both TCUs controlling the TREs having BCCH allocate an SDCCH subchannel to the transaction and ask the BTS to activate this
subchannel.
(4a&b) The BTS activates the requested channels and sends back an acknowledgement for each, once this is done.
(5b) The TCU controlling the outer cell, sends the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND with SDCCH description in the outer cell to the outer cell
BCCH TRE.
(5a&c)The TCU controlling the inner cell sends in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND with SDCCH description in the inner cell. Two cases
are possible:
 Access Delay IE > 59 the inner cell TCU will not send a copy of the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT command to the outer cell TCU. This is the
desired behaviour.
 Access Delay in [58,59] range, the inner cell TCU sends a copy of the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT command to the outer cell TCU. This is
not the desired behaviour (corresponds to inner cell scenario). This is due to the fact that the BSC definition of the overlap zone does
not match the exact BTS overlap area (negative values of TOA in the outer cell up to –2, are clipped to 0).
(6b) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message describing the SDCCH allocation in outer cell, is sent to the MS on the outer cell BCCH frequency. In
most cases this message should be received by the MS (except if 6c is received first)
(6a) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message describing the SDCCH allocation in inner cell is lost on the inner cell air interface, because the MS
does not listen to that frequency. The unused SDCCH will be released by the BSC when the supervising timer expires6.
(6c) Access Delay in [58,59] range: The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message describing the SDCCH allocation in inner cell is sent on the BCCH
frequency of the outer cell. In most cases, the MS should have received message (6b) before and has already switched to the SDCCH in the
outer cell, and so this message is lost. It is however possible, in case the message (6b) is delayed in the inner cell, that the message (6c) is
received earlier by the MS. In this case establishment will occur on the SDCCH allocated in the inner cell (not drawn).
(7b) The mobile receives the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNEMENT describing the SDCCH allocation in outer cell on the BCCH outer cell frequency. It then
switches to the designated channel and sends repeatedly an SABM frame to establish the layer 2 connection with the BTS in the outer cell. If
the message (6c) is received before (6b), then the establishment will occur in the inner cell.
(8b) The BTS acknowledges the establishment of the LapDm link to the MS with a UA frame sent on the SDCCH allocated to the MS.
(9) The unused SDCCH is released in the inner cell (double SDCCH allocation). If message 6c arrives first, then the unused SDCCH release will
occur in the outer cell.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 26
2 Extended Cell Overview
Handover - From the INNER Cell to the OUTER Cell
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 27

 CAUSE 6 : Too long distance

AV_RANGE_HO > U_TIME_ADVANCE


and EN_DIST_HO = ENABLE

 U_TIME_ADVANCE = 62
 EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Disable

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

In the extended cell , the handover procedure is purely controlled by settings of the handover detection
parameters. Two special causes allow handover from the inner cell to the outer cell and handover from the outer
cell to the inner cell. There is no change in the BSC handover algorithm either for handover preparation or
execution.

From the inner cell to the outer cell , the handover alarm is only triggered by the handover cause “too long MS-BS
distance”. When this cause is triggered the extended outer cell is always a candidate cell.
However the operator setting of the handover parameters must insure that this cause is only triggered when the
distance from the serving inner cell BTS is greater than the limit of the overlap zone (TA > 62) by setting
U_TIME_ADVANCE to 62.
In order to avoid the extended outer cell to be filtered by the filtering process the flag EN_PBGT_FILTERING
must be set to DISABLE.
The candidate cell evaluation process is recommended to be the GRADE mode.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 27
2 Extended Cell Overview
Handover - From the OUTER Cell to the INNER Cell
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 28

 CAUSE 22 : Too short distance

AV_RANGE_HO < L_TIME_ADVANCE

 L_TIME_ADVANCE = 0
 EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Disable

 Cause 22 is only checked if


 Cell_range(serving) = extended_outer

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

In the same way, from the outer cell to the inner cell , the handover alarm is only triggered by the handover
cause “too short MS-BS distance”. When this cause is triggered the extended inner cell is always a candidate cell.
However the operator setting of the handover parameters must insure that this cause is only triggered when the
timing advance applied by the mobile reaches 0, this is achieved by setting L_TIME_ADVANCE to 0.
In order to avoid the extended inner cell to be filtered by the filtering process the flag EN_PBGT_FILTERING
must be set to DISABLE.
The candidate cell evaluation process is recommended to be the GRADE mode.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 28
2 Extended Cell Overview
Handover - From the INNER Cell to the OUTER Cell toward Another Cell
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 29

 All the standard HO causes can be used


 Emergency HO causes 2, 3, 4, 5
 Better condition HO causes 12, 23, 24

 The OUTER or INNER cell is always present in the Candidate Cell


Evaluation

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

The setting of the handover parameter does not prevent any handover cause to trigger an alarm for a handover
towards a third cell.
It is possible to use exactly the same rules and parameters for handover towards a third cell as in the macro
cellular normal cases.

The synchronous handover does not work between the inner and the outer cell.
In order to avoid call terminations due to directed retry into the inner or outer cell with an incorrect distance
range it is recommended to disable the forced directed retry towards the inner and the outer cell. For this
purpose, the parameter FREELEVEL_DR(n) is set to the maximum value (255) for the inner and the outer cell.
But the Normal DR can be activated.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 29
2 Extended Cell Overview
Packet Service (B9 MR4)
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 30

 Activation of the PS service in an Extended cell


 No specific parameter is foreseen
 Same procedure as the one used for standard cell is applied
 TRX_PREF_MARK = 0
 If used, PS must be activated in both INNER and OUTER cell

 Reselection
 Because the INNER cell is barred
 this cell should must not be declared in the neighbor cells reselection adjacencies
 NC2 is not allowed
 NACC and (P)SI STATUS are not allowed The INNER cell and OUTER cell must belong
to the same location area

 The Master channel is not allowed in both INNER and OUTER cell

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 30
2 Extended Cell Overview
Packet Service (B9 MR4) [cont.]
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 31

 Packet access procedure


 Same principle as in CS, since it’s performed on CCCH only
 The MS always performs its access on the RACH of the outer BCCH frequency
 The BTS provides the BSC with the initial TA
 Depending on the TA value, the BSC chooses the suitable cell (INNER or
OUTER)
 In UL, whatever the multislot class of the MS, only one PDCH is allocated
 Its right or left TS can not be allocated neither for PS nor for CS (see comment)
 This TS is considered as a restricted TS by the MSF
 The same constraint is applied in DL for the TS carrying the PACCH

OUTER
INNER

Allocated Allocated
UL

Restricted Restricted

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

When a MS passes from inner/outer cell to outer/inner cell, the TA estimated by the BTS stalls progressively. So
the MS is not able to apply the suitable correction of its TA for its uplink transfer (data and/or signaling). This
leads progressively to the impossibility for the BTS to decode the uplink radio blocks because they shift out of
their allocated RTS.
For a given MS, its uplink radio blocks progressively come out of its allocated RTS and jams the neighbor RTS.
 It jams the right RTS when the MS moves from inner to outer cell. This right RTS can also be the RTS0 of the
next TDMA frame if the RTS7 is allocated to a TBF.
 It jams the left RTS when the MS moves from outer to inner cell. This left RTS can also be the TS7 of the
previous TDMA frame if the RTS0 is allocated to a TBF.
If the neighboring RTS is dedicated to other MS for PS or CS call, this jam causes interferences on these RTS and
the BTS can not decode the radio blocks of those MS leading to the drop of these calls.
This drawback only occurs for the uplink direction. The downlink direction does not raise any problem.
To overcome this drawback, some radio resource allocation constraints are to be applied:
 An UL TBF is only allocated on one RTS.
 On BCCH or non BCCH inner TRX,
 A RTS is allocable to a UL TBF if its right RTS is allocated for PS traffic to the MFS, and is not used by a UL
TBF.
 When a RTS is allocated, its right RTS cannot be allocated to PS call.
 On BCCH or non BCCH outer TRX,
 A RTS is allocable to a UL TBF if its left RTS is allocated for PS traffic to the MFS, and is not used by a UL
TBF.
 When a RTS is allocated, its left RTS cannot be allocated to PS call.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 31
2 Extended Cell Overview
PS Parameters Setting
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 32

 NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0
 EN_NACC = Disable
 EN_PSI_STATUS = Disable
 NB_TS_MPDCH= Disable
 MAX_PDCH, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD and MIN_PDCH must be set to
even values (see comments)
 EN_STREAMING = Disable

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

As in UL TBF allocation, the MFS uses at least 2 TS (a “restricted” one and the one allocated in UL) the number of
PDCH allocable in the extended cells (MAX_PDCH, MIN_PDCH, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD ) must be even.

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 32
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 33

 Please be reminded to fill in the form


Self-Assessment on the Objectives
for this module
 The form can be found in the first part
of this course documentation

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 33
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1·6· 34

End of Module
Appendix

GSM
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
Optimization

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent


3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 34
Last But One Page

Switch to notes view!

1 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


@@PRODUCT
@@COURSENAME

This page is left blank intentionally

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


@@COURSENAME - Page 1
All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents
not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
@@COURSENAME - Page 2

You might also like